Home

Ops-Service - HP Archive

1. A3R129 0683 1035 1 RESISTOR 10K 52 254 FC TL 400 700 01121 CB1035 56130 0698 3443 2 RESISTOR 348 14 125 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 348R F A3R131 0683 3923 2 RESISTOR 3 9K 57 25M FC TC 400 700 01121 3925 A3JR132 0683 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 SX 258 FC TC 400 500 01121 4705 133 0683 4735 4 RESISTOR 47K 9 25W FC TC 400 800 01121 CB4735 AJR134 0693 3333 8 RESISTOR 33K Sz 25 FC TC 400 800 01121 CB3335 A3R135 0698 4428 3 RESISTOR 1 69 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1691 F 858136 0698 3445 e RESISTOR 348 1X 125 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 348R F A3R137 0683 3925 2 RESISTOR 3 9K 5 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 CB3925 A38138 0683 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 5 25W FC TC 400 500 01121 705 13 0683 3335 8 RESISTOR 33K 5 254 FC TC 400 800 01121 CB3335 038140 0683 4735 4 RESISTOR 47K 5 254 FC TC 400 800 01121 4735 AJR141 0698 4428 3 RESISTOR 1 69K 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1691 F 3R142 2100 3210 6 RESISTOR TRMR 10K 10 C TOP ADJ 1 TRN 28480 2100 3210 A3R143 0683 1043 3 RESISTOR 100K 57 25W FC TC 400 800 01121 CB1 043 36144 0683 4745 6 RESISTOR 470K 5 25W FC TC 800 700 01121 CB4745 A3R145 0683 1025 9 RESISTOR 5 254 FC TC 400 600 01
2. A3U100 1826 0081 IC OP AMP WE TO 99 27014 LN31 GH A3U101 1820 1971 IC SWITCH ANL G QUAD 16 DIP P 17356 DG201CJ A3U200 1820 1112 FF LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG 81295 SN74LS74AN 201 1820 1442 CNTR TIL LS DECD ASYNCHRO 01293 SN74LS290N 430262 1820 1277 TC CNTR 111 LS DECD UP DOWN SYNCHRO 01295 SN74LS192N A31020 3 1920 1277 IC CNTR TTL LS DECD UP DOWN SYNCHRO 01295 SN741 8192N A3U204 1826 0081 GP AMP WE TO 79 PKG 27014 4316H 59205 1820 1112 FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG 01295 SN74LS744N 430206 1820 1197 TIL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 SN74LS00N 34207 1820 1442 IC CNTR TTL LS DECD ASYNCHRO 01295 SN74LS290N A3U208 1820 1442 TC CNTR TTL LS DECD ASYNCHRO 01295 SN74LS290N 31300 1826 0136 IC COMPARATOR QUAD 14 DIP P 01295 LM339N A3U301 1820 1423 TTL LS MONNSTEL RETRIG DUAL 01295 SN74LS123N 450302 1826 0138 COMPARATOR GP QUAD 14 DIP P 01295 LM339N 830503 1826 0522 AMP QUAD 14 DIP P 01295 074 830304 1820 1971 IC SWITCH ANLG QUAD 16 DIP P PKG 17856 DG201CI 30305 1820 1218 GATE TTL LS AND OR INV DUAL 2 INP 01295 SN74LSS1N ASUING 1826 0110 IC AMP LOW BIAS H IMPD TO 99 27014
3. EP Egg E re aa a a 5 LATOKS ini A4 HIGH FREQUENCY WAVE BEER CONNECTED MD ADSUSTEO FSA x WICN PALG PRASE MOISE MEASURENENT PHASE LOCKED Loge 567 TURNS amp i tG M1U 4 4123 TVERLOAD IP FLOP n NETERA ATIER t 0017 05 14 OCR wen FLIP FLOP 33 1 ET 6156 18818 x H 116 A 44 ta 5 AS RN iM utu gt 444 SUITCHABLE A CHANNEL OUTPUT lan LPF 12ER o o gt Er t 4 NI Mm 114 PXASL LOCED LOOP 1 HORE ine ACTIVATED FOA i PRASE At TO ARNSTRONG MODULATOR etd gt TY i an E P SCIT z 6 SUITEHABLE n CHANNEL OUTPUT 10 Sis Gul y t BIXER AAA 1 Tue un ure 4 MP oe es vut CE di L a 1 t 4 2422 f 110 MES i COMNECIEO TO OVERLOAD QULA RS 13 35601 89 Figure 6 4 Pads in Tracking Generator Input Pads Test Pads in Tracking Generator Input Pads Test 6 13 6 14 NA 6 13 Adaptive Coupler Test This test checks the circuits in the signal path shown in Figure 6 5 If the previous tests have been performed successfully the only circuits being tested are the A
4. LAS 07 OC a ee ee us vr tour Sy LOCK OVERLOAD AND Gut Qf L CK FLIP FLOPS o 07 AS BOARD 11039 Figure 6 5 Adaptive Coupler Test PRASE LOTZED LOOP 15 LOCKED ONEN 810 5 ARE 4 amp Ki3 HAVE SELECTED PS II NN Iusen ven A4 T HIGH FREQUENCY j I go 53 3 ER l as Se DA 156 eut ism 3582A i QISH FALO FRASE WDISC mfi ma Q 5 CHANNEL A 35601 89 43 ty jt uo 30 75 NETWORK PRASE LOCREG 00 4 1 i net 7 t PHASE LOCKED A LOOP CONTROL VOLTAGE outeu 4 Adaptive Coupler Test 6 15 6 16 6 14 Digital to Analog Converter Test This test checks the circuits in the signal path shown in Figure 6 6 The only circuits being ested are the Digital to Analog Converter DAC the Summing Junction and the circuit path A voltage is generated from the DAC that corresponds to its full scale An hp 3455A voltmeter is connected to the IMQ OUTPUT TO 3585A to measure this voltage The DAC range is then adjusted with ASR78 to its proper value as read by the Voltmeter If the adjust ment is possible and the D
5. 100660 LOOP 1 LOCKED WEN 610 8 3 ARE ACTIVATCD WHEW 61 42 4813 GAVE SELECTED THE CORRECT PUPUT UNE THE CASES 1 nn 501 AND WHEN UILA OSCILLATORS fuser aers Juusen ayers 4 HIGH FREQUENCY FRASE tant x E EA 5 dle RIES y 2 A m 414 r i OVERLOAD i FILTER USTO Fon nmm y NEIER 1111 FALO S 1 PEU a ver iet wee b 10 Sumas ING 4 JUNCTION 109 T6 n PRD 022528 gt Less Steps or 848 eurten 25 surrer H 1 I lee gt Burren 4 STEPS SUFFER i f atten 2 j v4 ES 94 ute Arten 4 t 1 f un til 0 3507370 KHz 114 SYNTHESIZER eaase LOcKEO Lac 412 413 8 Lie ACTIVATED FOR mixta DRIVER 88156 MEASUREMENT tu un 2 oes RT vote 2 T COD 5 MIXER x20 ssonttz un 9193 ger aur ttt x20 amp 21 19 NIREA CCAM CTLEO 10 OVERLIAD AND CUT 0S LOCK FLIP FLOPS Y AS SDARO WAVE 0904 C MECTED AND ADJUSTEO FOR i NICH FRLO PHASE NOIST MEASURTHENT AS
6. A ein 5104 332 ____ ee a cni Lens 8 A SS ANE SECA CS AND CER USER OSCILLATORS 1 A4 HICH FREQUENCY HAVE CONNECTED ANO ADIUSICO FOR 4 lagos SUREKCNT AS PHASE LOCKED LOOP CONTROL mm nun nennen nee TURKS E OFF 54 410 414 amp 5313 OVERLGAD sy n GVERLOAD ERE 05 1 Dx ans FILTER USED Fon t CARRIER 788074 lt 45 148 C Ren sr ee pio gt a le VE IN BRIOCE 10 ARI 1 OSC 1 68 BUT GF LOEK lt A FLIP FLOP OSCILLATION 1GETECTOR gt mn 111 SUITCHABLE ter CHASLE Ler CONNECTED 10 AND CUT OF LOCK FLIP PL GF AS BOARD 1094 ee 1 35601 80 Figure 6 8 Wein Bridge Oscillator Test Wein Bridge Oscillator Test 6 21 6 22 NC BA E ea TEES SEINE 6 17 Noise Input to Summing Junction Test This test checks the circuits in the signal pa
7. 0490 0916 6 RELAY REED 1A SOOMA 100VDC SUDC COIL 28480 0420 0716 0490 1287 amp RELAY REFD 28480 0490 1287 0420 1287 5 RELAY REED 28480 9490 1287 7140 0395 3 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 56044 SX 164DX 3851 6 23480 7140 0395 9140 0393 3 INDUCTOR RF CH MUD S60NH 5 1650 3651 6 28480 9140 2395 7140 0144 0 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7UH 10 105DX 26LG 22480 9140 0144 9140 0144 0 INDUCTOR RF CH M_D 4 7UH 10 105DX 25LG 23480 9140 0144 9140 0144 6 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7UH 102 105DX 26LG 28480 9140 0144 9140 0144 0 INDUCTOR RF Cli M D 4 709 10 105DX 26 6 8480 9140 0144 7140 0144 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 744 10 1050X 26LG 29480 7140 0144 7140 0144 0 INDUCTOR RF CH M D 4 714 10 105DX 26LG 28480 7140 0144 7140 0144 0 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7UH 102 1050X 26LG 23480 9140 0144 9140 0144 0 INDUCTOR RF 0 4 70 10 105DX 261 6 28480 9140 0144 9140 0144 RF CH MLD 4 7UH 10 1050 244 6 INDUCTOR 22480 9140 0144 8683 4725 2 RESTSTOR 4 7K 52 254 FC 400 700 01121 4725 0698 4383 9 RESISTOR 33 6 1 1254 F 04 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO0 S3R6 F 0678 4383 9 RESISTOR 53 6 17 1254 TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 S3R6 F 0683 2025 1 RESISTOR 2K SZ 25 FC TC 400 700 01121 CR2025 8583 1045 3 01121 1045 RESISTOR 190 57 29M TC 400 890 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value
8. A3L302 9100 1673 INDUCTOR 6 8nH 5 9100 1673 ASLIOS 9140 0210 1 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH 5 1660 38SLG 7140 0210 A3L304 9140 0210 1 INDUCTOR RF CH MILD 100UH 5 166DX IBILE 9140 0210 ASLIOS 7140 0210 1 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH 52 166DX 385LG 7140 0210 A3L 306 9100 1618 1 INDUCTOR RF CH HLD 5 60H 10 9100 1618 6831307 9140 0210 1 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH 53 166DX 38SLG 9140 0210 A3L308 9140 0210 1 INDUCTOR RF CH MILD 100UH 5 166DX 3851 6 9140 0210 ASLIO9 9100 1619 1 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD S 6UH 10 7100 1618 AJL310 9140 0210 1 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH Sz 1660 385LG 9140 0210 851311 9100 1647 6 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 470UH 5 20X 45 6 7100 1647 431312 9140 0210 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH 57 1660 385 0 9140 0210 A3L313 9140 0210 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH 166DX 385LG 9140 0210 A3L314 9100 3313 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 22UH 5 1660 3851 9100 3313 A3L315 9100 3313 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 22UH 5 166DX 385LG 9100 3313 A3L316 9140 0284 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 2 4UH 5 1660 38516 9140 0284 451317 7100 3561 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 6 2UH 5 166DX 38516 7100 3561 A3L318 9100 1647 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 470UH 57 2DX 4S5LC 9100 1647 ASL319 7140 0210 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 180UH Sz 166DX 38SLG 9140 0210 A3L400 9140 0238 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD
9. i gt 1 er 3 BUREER 1 ks ust i T 10 1 4 1 4714 RE 3 100 24 m USE TERI motio i H 7 13 38 E WEIN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR Te zaj 1 bo wb 9 1 I METER zi Jg R 7 FRON 20K chiz 3 RE m sv oF a Lock 85 13 sv 44 2 5 2 OVERLOAD FLIP FLOR f i 4 Pim 13 42 4 o NT A 7 OVERLOAD o osv 5 sen TRIP aw 22 2 sy se H A4J14 25 H 1 ta are 4 2 4 22 Yu 010412 8 42 6 6 1 cef BY HEWLETT PACKARD tORPANY 20777771 56 Figure 6 25 5 Schematic and Component Locator 6 69 6 70 Model 35601 Service SERVICE GROUP FOUR A1 BOARD HP IB INTERFACING POWER SUPPLY 6 74 INTRODUCTION The purpose of the Al board is to drive the lines that control switches in the rest of the hp 35601A These lines are latched on the Al board in IC s U1 through US and U8 through 012 The latches can be loaded manually or via the HP IB All the lines have a high true logic definition except for the HP IB lines at 14 6 75 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE A1 BOARD 6 76 Power Supply The power supply has a typical configuration transformer rectifiers filters and regulators The regulators are simply integrated circuit regulators Diodes CR8 CR9 and CR11 CR1
10. 415 0683 1035 1 RESISTOR 10K 54 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 CB1035 38416 0683 5625 3 RESISTOR 5 6 254 FC TC 400 700 01121 5525 858417 0683 1025 9 RESISTOR 1K SZ 25 FC TC 400 600 01121 CB1025 A3RA18 0683 1025 9 RESISTOR 1K SZ 254 FC TC 400 600 01121 CB1025 858419 0737 0449 6 RESISTOR 20K 1 1250 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 2002 F AJR420 0698 3279 RESISTOR 4 99K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 4991 F 458421 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K 53 254 FC TC 400 600 01121 CB1025 22 0698 4125 RESTSTOR 953 1X 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1071 F ASR423 0683 1545 RESISTOR 150K 54 25 FC TC 800 900 01121 CB1545 3 424 0583 1025 RESISTOR 1K SZ 25W FC TC 300 600 01121 C51025 01121 CB1025 A3SRA22 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1 57 25 FC TC 400 600 A3RA26 0683 4745 RESISTOR 470K 5 25W FC TC 800 900 01121 84745 ASR427 0683 1545 RESISTOR 150K 52 25W FC TC 800 900 01121 C1545 ASR 428 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K 5 25 FC TC 400 600 01121 CB1025 AJRI29 0683 1023 RESISTOR 1K 52 25 FC TC 400 600 01121 CB1025 4 79K 1X 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 10 4751 38430 0737 0437 RESISTOR Pier 49440024 VONVe ABR431 0678 4421 RESISTOR 249 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 249R
11. A3C121 0140 0231 CAPACITOR FXD 440PF 1 300UDC MICA 72136 DM1 GF 441F0300WV1C 0160 2331 CAPACITOR FXD 8200PF 12 100UDC MICA 28480 0160 2331 A3C123 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 150 4 10 20UDC TA 56289 15001 36X90 2082 A3C124 0160 2331 CAPACITOR FXD 8200PF 1 100UDC MICA 28480 0160 2331 125 0140 0231 CAPACITOR FXD 440PF 1 300UDC MICA 72136 DM15F441F03004V1C MODAS HPUDND A3C126 0160 2223 CAPACITOR FXD 1600PF 5 300UDC MICA 28480 0160 2223 127 0160 2228 CAPACITOR FXD 2700PF 5 300UDC MICA 28480 0160 2228 A3C200 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4571 A3C201 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF4 10Z 204DC TA 36289 15001 56X7020K2 A3C202 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 1SUF 10 20UDC TA 36289 150D1356X9020H2 A3C203 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4571 A3C204 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 13UF 10 20UDC TA 36289 1500155 9020 2 A3C203 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4571 A3C206 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOUDC 28480 0160 4571 Quas A3C207 0160 4824 CAPACITOR FXD 680PF SZ 100UDC CER 28480 0160 4824 A3C208 0160 4800 CAPACITOR FXD 120PF 5 100UDC CER 28480 0160 4800 A3C209 0160 4532 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 SOVDC CER 28480 0160 4332 ASC210 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 102 20UDC TA 36289 15
12. SET TURNS OFF v1 X10 K11 amp K12 enm GVERL J14 7 OVERLOAD TO A3LS D A 46 LIP FLGP HETER CONVERTOR lt FILTER 9560 FOR no 3 CARRIER FREQ S 95 1 is 4 SUMMING 24 3K POL 99 6 2048 JUNCTION 100 Liv PASS LPF sej atit Ten PAD ANPI IF TER ee apin 0 2048 FILTER agp ea STEPS 0 or 548 JUIN ATTENUATOR t 1 N BUFFER i vw IN 4 STEPS H 1 1 4 4 1 Kil E t 1 E 4048 T CAIN 2 AMPLIFIER ATTEN 1 crt WEIN BRIOCE 7 ARMSTRONG TO AILS 33 OSC 1 6Hz ok Noor HODULATOR T 0 OSCILLATION LAS LEAD Je DETECTOR 12 50 9 t A 13565 TRACKING 1 n 5m OUTPUT TO 3585A 10K s SAME AS 3565 500 INPUT H i t A 1 im OUTPUT TO 3585A 50 t tat 13585 ines INPUT m m ee eres ow eee Gm oo A3 LOW FREQUENCY L13 1 4 CAS Tio mz 1 6 10 z DISABU SWITCHING 350 370 KHz 114 SYNTHESIZER PHASE LOCKED LOOP WHEN L12 L13 4144 2 ARE ACTIVATED FOR i HIXER DRIVER 07 11 0101 90 le SWITCHABLE CHANNEL 8 OUTPUT BUFFERED LPF 10 nir OUT 1 Fo 01014 17 a
13. c e 98 Tracking Generator Input to Summing Junction Test 6 25 6 26 8 19 Output Path to 3582 3585 This test checks the circuits in the signal path shown in Figure 6 11 If the previous tests have been performed the only circuit being checked that hasn t been tested is switch S5 A voltage is generated by the Digital to Analog Converter The voltage is then measured by an hp 3455A Voltmeter at the IMN OUTPUT to 3585A and at the Channel Output In this test the Adaptive Coupler is in the DC mode L2 0 At one point in the program the user is given the option of discontinuing the test if it appears to be failing If he chooses to con tinue the program the test is completed and the results are printed initializing the Test With the High Frequency Menu displayed press shift SFK K1 hp 9836 or SFK K11 hp 9845B to initialize the test After initialization follow the instructions displayed on the computer What if the Test Fails Assuming that the previous tests have passed the only probable cause of failure is the switch 55 The SWITCH subprogram can be used to open and close this switch when troubleshooting Refer to Service Group Three for schematics and component locators Equipment Set Up hp 3582A Channel B Signal Path Measurement 802002 4 meee gt o 03 A a a ner LOCRZO LUUP U
14. ND SERV HP 35601A SPECTRUM ANALYZER INTERFACE XL MESE HEWLETT EU CERTIFICATION Hewlett Packard Company certifies that this product met its published specifications at the time of shipment from the factory Hewlett Packard further certifies that its calibration measurements are traceable to the United States National Bureau of Standards to the extent allowed by the Bureau s calibration facility and to the calibration facilities of other International Standards Organization members WARRANTY This Hewlett Packard instrument product is warranted against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from date of shipment During the warranty period Hewlett Packard Company will at its option either repair or replace products which prove to be defective For warranty service or repair this product must be returned to a service facility designated by HP Buyer shall prepay shipping charges to HP and HP shall pay shipping charges to return the product to Buyer However Buyer shall pay all shipping charges duties and taxes for products returned to HP from another country HP warrants that its software and firmware designated by HP for use with an instrument will execute its programming instructions when properly installed on that instrument HP does not warrant that the operation of the instrument or software or firmware will be uninterrupted or
15. Zen zo oo oo mon ORAST LOLREN attivarco TRE CORRE BAVE amp CM SCT AND usta GAVE BEEN COMRECTED AMD ADJUSTED FCR WIEH FRLG PHASE 0156 KIASURERINT tunen SET TURNS K1 410 413 4204s FILTER USED FOR CARRIER 68703 Dist rus LPF al een 18 28 88 08 8809 fRASE LOCR D 1009 HEN 125436 Lie ARE SCTIVATEO FOR AQu FRtO PHASE CONNECTED 10 GV NLORO MD DUf Df LO K FLIP FLOPS tf AS 00350 Figure 6 13 1 5GHz Mixer DC Offset Test 00 13 610 4 RE 2124 QVERLEXO DETECTOR LIP FLOP BETER 35601 69 WESN BAIDCE OSC 1 645 OSCILLATION 100 emse Lockeo LOUP CONTROL 24 38 0 2048 a J fee eee 4 STEPS 033 LAG LEAD eg RETVORK 1 ATTEN 1 1 5GHz Mixer DC Offset Test 6 3 6 32 6 22 350kHz 370kHz Synthesizer Test This test checks the circuits in the signal path shown in Figure 6 14 Although the measured signals pass through many blocks the circuit extensively teste
16. Gee oo RARAS PR ASRTZ 0698 3519 RESISTOR 12 4K 1 0698 3519 1001 F ASR73 0698 4486 RESTSTOR 24 9K 1 1254 F 0 100 1 8 T0 2492 F ASR74 0698 4486 RESISTOR 24 9K 1 1254 TC 0 100 4 1 8 0 2492 ASR7S 0698 3279 RESISTOR 4 99K 17 125W F 0 100 4 1 8 0 4991 F 5 76 0638 3279 RESISTOR 4 99K 1 0698 3279 5 77 0598 8025 RESISTOR 1910 125V 2 0698 8025 ASR78 2100 3351 RESTSTOR TRMR 500 10 C SJDE ADJ 1 28480 2106 3351 ASR7Y 0757 0442 RESTSTCR 10K 12 1254 F 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1002 F 5680 0757 0449 RESISTOR 20K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 2002 F See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 4 16 ES spi Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Replaceable Parts Cont d HP Part Ic Mfr Reference Number 0 Qty Designation Mfr Part Number Description 0699 3487 RESISTOR 255 1 125 F TC 04 100 24546 4 1 8 0 2558 0598 4543 RESISTOR 467K 1 125W F 0 100 29480 9498 4543 0757 0467 RESISTOR 121 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 1213 8598 5582 RESISTOR 41 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24396 C4 1 8 0 4122 F 0698 4490 RESISTOR 15 8K 12 1254 F TU 0 100 24545 C4 1 8 T0 1582 F 0678 3497 RESISTOR 6 04 1
17. 35601 04103 5020 8803 5020 8804 5020 8838 5040 7202 COVER ASSEMBLY TRANSFORMER FRONT FRAME REAR CASTING STRUT CORNER IRIM TOP 45501 04103 5022 8803 5020 8804 5020 8838 5040 7202 22480 23480 28450 28400 28480 SONNE ODO NSW oO b5tu 0ooo De 5060 9913 3060 9994 35601 61610 COVER SIDE PERFORATED COVER ED1 TOM CALLE ASSY POWER 28480 28480 28480 2060 9913 5060 9994 35601 61610 35601 61611 CABLE ASSY REGULATOR 28480 35601 61611 35601 61612 CABLE I F PGWER 1 2480 33601 61612 35601 61613 35601 61614 CARLE LF POWER 2 CABLE HI FREGUENCY POWER 284206 8480 35601 61613 35601 61614 SAL GN en 35601 61610 35601 61619 35601 61620 35601 61421 35601 61670 CABI E HI FREQUENCY CONTROL CABLE ASSEMELY DISPLAY CABLE METER CAELE CABLE 10MHZ REAR PANEL 28486 28490 28480 29480 28480 35601 61618 35601 61619 55501 61620 35601 61621 35601 61670 D 5e f e 35601 61671 35601 61672 35601 61673 35601 61674 35601 61675 CABLE ARMST 10 MHZ CABLE PHASE LP CAULF AM CABLE IF REAR PANEL CABLE NOISE ARMS 28480 28486 28480 28420 28486 35601 61671 35601 61672 35501 61673
18. A O IRA 1 tact ar Printed in U S A HP Part No 35601 90001
19. Loor EDD ECC EN WEIN BAIOCE ALS 4 Fr OSC 1 amp Hz DUT OF LOCK 222 FLIP FLOP OSCILLATION OETECTOR t 3263 TRACKING CEM JA saut 3163 500 t i e mur SIA bss V tt 4 a H 2 g 7 1 9425 2 t n Vi vom 4 04065 3582 140 S o AA a ne SWITCHABLE n PF a gt a 110 rcm ri i 034 19 ena Figure 6 6 Digital to Analog Converter Test N SURSE LULRED 00 CONTROL VOLTAGE OUIPU Digital to Analog Converter Test 6 17 6 18 _ shaping network buffer the output 6 15 Output Attenuator Test This test checks the circuits in the signal path shown in Figure 6 7 If the previous tests have been performed the only major circuits tested are two buffers and the 0 20dB Attenuator A signal is derived from the DAC It is fed through the Summing Junction a frequency ttenuator another buffer and finally measured at the VCO Control Voltage Output with an hp 3455A voltmeter The program Selects all four states of the attenuator checking for the correct voltage readings from the voltmeter on each step The user is given the option of discontinuing the test after the first reading if the
20. n tt WU 555 51 143 ILES eee tris 11011 ooo ELLE 4 Kr 2 h p Part 35601 66504 NOTE Refer to the Service Group text for disassembly instructions to access this circuit board Refer to Appendix far diagrams and truth tables al 47 aly amp 010 PS A A AAA AA A A amp 7 348 PAD 88 815 813 P 34 x 7 LPF uen cw w 5888 i 7 8 55 a R20 a PEE E 1 46 8 b Y K2a 348 86 348 PAD gt 337 RJ ONE POLE LPF m 2MHz LPF E A Hh OVERLOAD DETECTOR 45V 9157 51444 10 24214 cra OVERLOAD 13 2 4 0 6vj uL 15 827 1 CASE 157 4 15V 4 829 0 69 22K R311 o sv 157 1 oM V ugs e al teni Don R28 Do a Slao CRS 158V 1 28 3 8 R32 106 42 Acre ion 415 15 1 7159 20809 nd 8107 Ns Oi 95 tR14 1248 AMPLIFIER m T 86 gt 1 ZERO 5 1 ADJ 228 47 RIA C33 Rie R36 100K TP4 100 ED 414 A 5 10 0 2848 8373 cas 1 27 cre y 1 e 2 OUTPUT 35694 ASE OK 214 10 A3 VIA AS 3 7 Um K14b ORA F
21. 3807370 114 SIATHESITER ORIVER 1 ut 0133 e a a u 098 AIXER o 2 350XH 9103 SPF VIOLA 111 43 lt x20 39 KH 9 gt MIXER 3 CONMECTEO TO OVERLOAD exo Cut c LOT 3P FLOPS OP AS SBARD WIEH FREO PHASE NOISE ONEN SET TURNS OFF GLAAD KUL 6 RIRI OVERLOAD FLIP FLOP mans Li 25 P nn da gt 3105 TRACKING CEM e 6 6 ee M gt mn Figure 6 10 Tracking Generator Input to Summing Junction Test 82 gt Doa 55 28 T Isia TER IUTECRATOR d a or 668 PAD 9 502 f ALI 005 07 LOCK FLIP FLOP 4 35601 89 1 ur 0 ua CONVERTOR 3 3905 A A4 SUnnInG 24 3 JUNCTION 100 a Loop O ah nee aan a digen PHASE LOCKED 1007 a 1 A m enne peter aurren gt a A ATTENUATOR 5 BUFFER BUFFER TUORK gt 5 4 p f 1 PRASE LOCKED A ee Y _ s 007 CONTROL VOLTAGE OUTPUT VEIN SRIDCE OSC 1 6 wu H 4 OSCILLATION ni DETECTOR 1 1 t lt
22. Critical Recommended Specifications hp Model No ENEE ee ae Service Tape for hp 9845B Series 100 or Service Tape for hp 9845B Series 200 or hp part number 35601 10001 hp part number 35601 10006 hp part number 35601 10011 Service Disc for hp 9836 hp 98458 with 1 Desktop Computer HP IB Capability hp 98034A Synthesizer HP IB Controllable hp 3325A opt 001 10MHz Reference Digital Voltmeter HP IB Controllable hp 3455A Oscilloscope 75MHz Bandwidth hp 180A 1808A 1821A or hp 1740A Signature Analyzer hp 5004A 500 Termination hp 11048 2 HP 18 Cable hp 9836 Mi 5 Cables hp 11170 2 hp part number 1250 0781 Service Service 6 4 Model 35601 A 6 4 AUTOMATIC TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS 6 5 General Instructions To get started read the information contained in the paragraphs entitled Connect the In struments Starting the Program and Selecting a Menu In each test procedure is an in troduction to the test it contains a summary of what is automatically tested and what is ad justed Following this are instructions for initiating the test When this is done the instruc tions displayed on the computer should be followed to perform the test A block diagram with the tested signal path darkened ac
23. O LOOP CONTROL E A d 1 b i nme an e os 2 ne gt 25 1222 2 e u et ne yA 1 10 11 812 14 gt i OVERLOAD se V OVERLOAD 4 1 b s 10 24 3 44 845 et FILTER D 7 H PAD 45 9 2048 de unssLean 38 2 Laan t Ue aurea treten euren 4 0 033 D 1 Gx 1 F CONTROL LAC LEAD VOLTAGE NETWORK 1 arten 1 A EEE ARS 4 GHz 3 53593 ia T 4 4 t t 1 te num Ki so 1 1 5 4 312 52054 350 370 KHz Gm Id srumesizen 14 PHASE LOCKED LOOP 12413 Lie 5 tum ARE ACTIVATED FOR DETECTOR H LOV FREO PHASE DRIVER 10116 MEASUREMENT t t au 30 eu DA gt b 544 9 AMPL IF IER 25 P MI 120 MIXER 0109 ger u101 uit uit AR 1 116 3 x20 2 so t nIKER Gear 110 CONMEcIED 10 gt AWO DUf Of LOCK VLIP FL AA ie Of AS GUARD ti 35601 80 Figure 6 7 Output Attenuator Test Output Attenuator Test i 6 19 6 20 6 16 Wein Bridge Oscillator Test This test checks th
24. FILTER 0 us TE 554 020101 gunman m 477 Tit 1 b s pio i RUM 648 a zum 4 t a or m e er t i sti E 4048 m DE ARPLIPIER mois VEIN GRIOCE H 7 10 HR 03 1 9 b 4 3 a8 1 GUT OF LOCE RL so AM a 43385 TRACKING 4 a 10 356 sor gt 3 3 gt FIANE 3383 wrutt TA H 74 E 38 Ds 1m OUTPUT TO 3983 0 deat tad 13383 2 nt LOW FREQUENCY NS E 1 vidas dh 350 370 Kuz d n srumesizen puast uoento LOON 114 12 13 6 L14 LOCK i a 5 vor DETECTOR 2 ARL ACTIVATED 1 ST na TOR MIXER noise MEASUREMENT tet s AR gt gt gt TEN 1 070 i Raven 112 7 p 950 04244 2 50 Kite 43 D 25 en ur gt R XEA x20 52 xa ca Lust U LPF A A ALIER 024 u CORMECTED 10 QYERLOAD AND Quf 0f LOTR FLIP FLOPS 303 0 AS BOARD re A re 88 88 SUITCHASLE A d LPF 1 1 ya pa 9 4 5 E 3 o m 8 B 2 i i 1 1 i i i i 35601 80 Erm zum 1 1500 0 2048 407K eureen ATTENUATOR in 4 STEPS m arten 1 LAS LEAD
25. PRASE MOISE MCASUAERINT WHEN SET TURNS P 1 510 818 6 ers y OVERLOAD H FLIP FLOP 3 7 5563 300 Inputs Se 574 4 58 7 13383 1866 IPUN TO ans NETER INTEGRATOR Cala 2 m P 13583 TRACKING gem 35501 80 Figure 6 17 20 and X5 Amplifiers Test gs a amp 9 DA CONVEATGR SUR INC JUNCTION 0 or 548 PAD y 033 artes 2 52 4 916 end 1 ATTEN VE IN BRIOCE 10 ans 8 056 1 642 o 1 DUT OF LOCK FLIP FLOP OSCILLAT ION LAS LEAD OETECTOR A m o M em ee non nn 487K 0 2068 a 3 4 eure ATTENUATOR 2 Je LAG LEAD ER 19 4 STEPS curren NETWORK X20 and X5 Amplifiers Test 6 39 6 26 Switchable Lowpass Filters Test This test checks the circuits in the signal path shown in Figure 6 18 In particular the Switch able Lowpass Filter in each channel is tested A signal is input to the 0 40MHz Input from an hp 3325A opt 001 the output of Channel B is measured with a scope and an hp 3455A Voltmeter
26. bpm puma N 10600004 N Gl es A3L107 9140 0289 COIL VAR 23UH 27UH Q 200 PC MTG 9140 0289 A3L109 7140 0289 COIL VAR 23UH 27UH Q 200 PC MTG 9140 0289 A3L110 9140 0289 COIL VAR 23UH 27UH Q 200 PC MTG 9140 0289 431111 9140 0289 COIL UAR 23UH 27UH Q 200 PC MTG 9140 0289 A3L200 9140 0210 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH 164DX 385LG 9140 0210 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Repl ceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Replaceable Parts Cont d HP Part Number Reference Designation Qty Description Mfr Part Number 431201 7100 1618 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 5 GUH 10 7100 1618 AJ3L203 9140 0627 INDUCTOR SHIFLDED 1 UH 9140 0627 204 9140 0137 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1MH SZ 2DX 45LG 0 60 9140 0137 ASL206 9100 3313 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 22UH Sz 1660 3ESLG 9100 3313 A3L207 9140 0210 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH SX 1660 385LG 7140 0210 ASL208 9100 1618 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD S 6UH 10 9100 1618 A3L209 9140 0210 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH 5 156DX 3851 6 9140 0210 ASL210 9100 1618 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD S 6UH 10 7100 1618 ASL300 9140 0210 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH 5 1660 3851 9140 0210 ASL301 7140 0210 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH Sz 1660 383LG 9140 0210
27. 1 1 1xxxxxAx 1 1xxxxxAx 1 1 1 1 xxxxxxA 1 1 Model 35601 Latch Ref Desig A1 board OXXX001 1 OXXX0110 OXXX1001 1xAxxxxx 1 1 2 0 0 0011 states these states should correspond to the previous states of the latch OXXX0001 OXXX0010 OXXX0001 OXXX0001 1 1 1 1 1 i e Every bit a latch must be entered again even if only one bit is being changed The may be either 1 or O in the turn on state all A s are O H FREQUENCY 1 4 HIG 432 Babe tuser veo L_ g Jwuser REF 44 t s ma SHASE LOCKEO LOOP IS LOCKED WHEN 10 4 3 ARE ACTIVATED HEN 1 2 amp K13 NAVE SELECTEO HIGH FREG PHASE NOISE MEASURENENT AS PHASE LOCKEO LOOP CONTROL 1 EE GE 9 ADC mamas op a a
28. BANDPASS TR 102 d he ERE kw as vx a 7 3 115 cuz d une gm mi s p cno 054 gt yea un 4218 Tt Oc 4 6 6 107 110 4 Der Nat 8132 q a cer o HE ieni MB 14 sd 124 49 A hor Tene Fores H SRF 47 esos 1054 mas 355 948 4 01 07 8102 OS Ar Pol 1117 gt a L d u ch HORS ans E 2 6 29 Leros Le eus nu Si E wj piu 0107 T tns HE 84 1 1 i y Hay Y Y AS STAT 5 57 H did 24 i 919 5 n1 H3 4 A nize s usi pe 6 6 Yo 010 i mme ns qus 411 ane v 1203 2 am 29 309 NS aes amo 2 435 8333 cass 5 m HE E a wie t 5y 4 57 4 201 Ar GR elio Dis SY rg 8 ES egy TP206 as 4 L 9 R230 1 8246 22 RN a u208 Ur rom 3 m seme DOSE apse Y 1 as 4 sn 13 s 98 i t A R247 c205 TER 15 R 102 c220 Na 0205 PO CO TO E 10202 E me OUTPUT BUFFER i 1 y veo wine de 14 2157 3
29. E i t S N ji Seelen nn 92 Leys Ont or 554 H 1 ted F sv 1 cal LL L gt eu a Di ie a A we MR Figure 6 20 HB IB Test wich Digital Signature Analysis HB IB Test with Digital Signature Analysis i 6 45 1 Model 35601 Service 6 29 CONTROLLING THE hp 35601A USING SUBPROGRAM SWITCH Introduction SWITCH is a subprogram of the hp 35601A test program SWITCH enables the user to control all of the switches relays and programmable parameters of the hp 35601 A via a computer This subprogram is useful for troubleshooting since the hp 35601 A has virtually no front panel controls After SWITCH has been initialized the display of the ee always shows the present setup state of the interface unit 6 30 Initializing SWITCH With either the Low or High Frequency Menu displayed press shift SFK K6 hp 9836 or shift SFK K11 hp 9845B to initialize SWITCH Refer to Automatic Tests and Ad justments to initialize the hp 35601A test program After initialization special function key prompts are displayed along with the hp 35601A interface setup status If the hp 35601A is in the turn on state the following is displayed for the hp 35601A interface status INTERFACE SETUP DAC VOLTAGE 0 CONTROL VOLTAGE OUTPUT 0 GAINI dB 2
30. WATE GEEN COSNECTEO AND T A Ra lt 4 27 PHASE LOCKEO LOGP CONTROL 2177 Bl R B m 5 2 ee S manie SET TURES 4 ar GL 9I NEN zer m aaf pa icy FO gs 200 m 2 E 2 3 8 H FLIP FLOP ELS D A we E DO g HETER CONVERTOR 2 5 SES APA 72 E m SFL qe Pal F Aus 9 Mo A He 153217 A Rim JURCTIOR 100 3 gt A u 3 FILTER 44 0 ar 598 gt mme E d 3 PAD BUFFER Era v I 4 2 8 te 4 STEPS 49 3 0 eed artes 2 5 pen Le ae 50 caja 1 4 gt d z as i ATTEN E sezsam 2 2 sei B 19 ans a 00 a 23 38 het 091 08 100 B RER u FLIP FLOP OSCILLATION LEAD 2594 a o bo d m 1503 TRACKING cent nn 00621 44963 A304 15844 10K 3 3503 303 2 1 ote ss A 574 4 NE um OUTPUT TO 35853 4 amp 1 MM
31. een SEE never couvearoa 9HMASt LCCKEO LOOP 15 LOCKED UNEN mic amp 39 A A ee ige ACTIVATCO WHEN KER ARLY WAVE SELECTED i LED 4 X CEA en an SEEM COMNECTED AND ADJUSTED FOR WIEH FRLO PHASE NOISE RIATURLMINT A O Las LOOP CONTROL 1 4 1 TEI tunes amp i1 410 811 4 ne QVERLOAD e OVERLORD DETECTOR 1 T FLIP FLOP H 32 1 1 100 5 6 re JUNCTION 448 STEPS PAD na da or tap 3 3 PAD H 0 3 i 2 a 4048 cala 1 52 sa AMPLIFIER ato Bla to ans 51 QUT UF LOCK 779 FLIP FLOP OSCILLATION DEFECTO 13383 TRACK tac ISANE AS 3303 sm 18901 1 5 T FO ATOR CHANNEL 8 OUTPUT RE j fo 0 8 94449 01709 1 4 ne t6 1272 ton PT Ieur Nos gt sat 3562A 16 94944 H PER x0 vows s gt Do 44953 n ci CL A OU PUT 50 Kuz 16 SWITCHABLE HANNEL A QU ter Ler 024 gt 0403 lt Lio 1 COMPETLO OVER 1 8 AND CUT QT LOLR FLIP FLOPS 07 AS BOARD 35601 80 Figure 6 12 Programmable Gain Steps Test 214 3007 gt m XETUOR
32. sv QI is 2157 EJ 7130 PR 17200 Refer to the Service Group text for disassembly 137 ER SVa Rega amp instructions to sccess this circuit board 8229 16 8205 i iok 12 56 d 70 35 10 fy 22 560 WD ages i t 3 en 9208 470 47 as J v 3 bs hone CR200 2251 Refer to Appendix far diagrams and truth SV R224 R225 YA del CH i 60 pa E ar 4 ssi i i 1 15 601 IT 01015 sv C211 CR202 454 Ji DU 115 119 maid T d TP202 i pcc NE m L mw 22 cot a MES COPYRIGHT 1980 BY HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY 35601 Figure 6 21 A3 Schematic and Component Locator Revision 6 53 6 54 ie LOW FREQUENCY 035601 66503 10MHz OUTPUT BUFFER 22 415 4 idii vexo roo O 8 C326 i en An CHANNEL INPUTS i CD 1316 angel CS i i e ene CEL 3502 T f ant oP imi LOOP SHAPING CONTROL p y 1200 9 20003 1200 i STATE 83881 325 ER 13 7 ara SI 3 rc202 40
33. 1OMHz Output This output provides the 10MHz Reference Output of the hp 3585A after having been buffered by the hp 35601A Output to 3582A A Channel Input This output is routed to the hp 3582A A Input via a patch panel below the hp 3582 Figure 3 2 hp 35601A Rear Panel 3 3 3 4 Model 35601 Replaceable Parts SECTION IV REPLACEABLE PARTS 4 1 INTRODUCTION This section contains information for ordering replacement parts Table 4 3 lists parts in alphanumeric order of their reference designators it indicates the description hp part number of each part and any applicable notes The following is included e hp part number The total quantity of the part used in the instrument Qty column This number is only shown the first time the part appears Descriptions of the part see the list of abbreviations in Table 4 1 Typical manufacturer of the part in a five digit code see Table 4 2 for a list of manufacturers Manufacturer s part number Mechanical parts and parts not associated with an assembly are listed at the end of Table 4 3 4 2 ORDERING INFORMATION To obtain replacement parts address the order or inquiry to your local Hewlett Packard Sales Service office See the list at end of this manual for office locations Identify parts by their Hewlett Packard part numbers Include the instrument s model number and serial number Table 4 1 Standard Abbreviations ABBREVIATI
34. DRAHT SL 90 00 1820 1204 IC GATE TTL LS NAND DUAL 4 INP 01295 SN74LS20N 1820 1199 IC INV TTL LS HEX 1 INP 01295 547 41 6043 1820 1201 IC GATE TTL LS AND QUAD 2 INP 01295 SN7 4LSO8N 1820 1207 IC GATE TTL LS NAND 8 1 01295 SN74LS30N 1820 1419 8 COMPTR TTL LS MAGTD 4 BIT 01295 SN74LS85N 1820 1144 6 IC TTL LS NOR QUAD 2 INP 01295 547 41 502 1820 1423 4 IC TTL LS MONOSTEL RETRIG DUAL 01295 SN74LS123N 1820 1416 5 IC SCHMITT TRIG TTL LS INV HEX 1 1 01295 SN74LS14N 28480 28480 35601 66502 05328 40003 DISPLAY PC ASSEMBLY STAND L 35601 66502 05328 40003 1990 0487 LED LAMP LUM INT 1MCD IF 20MA MAX RUR SU 28480 5082 4584 O 1990 0487 LED LAMP LUM INT 1MCD IF 20MA MAX BUR SU 28480 5092 4584 1990 0487 LED LAMP LUM INT 1MCD IF 20MA MAX BUR SU 28480 5082 4584 1990 0487 LED LAMP LUM INT 1MCD IF 20MA MAX BVR SV 28480 5082 4584 1251 7269 1251 6429 1251 7269 1251 6429 28480 28480 CONNECTOR 8 PIN MALE CONNECTOR 3 PIN POST TYPE Gl 35601 66503 28480 35601 66503 A3 LOW FREQUENCY PC ASSEMEL Y A3C100 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20UDC TA 36289 1500156 9 02082 A3C101 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20UDC 56289 1500156 96 2082 ASC102 0160 4532 CAPACITOR FXD 10
35. Model 35601 Installation SECTION Il INSTALLATION 2 1 INTRODUCTION This section contains information for the installation of the hp Model 35601A into the hp 3047A Spectrum Analyzer System Also included in this section is a discussion of the instru ment s power requirements and repackaging information Since the hp 3047A is supplied with the hp 35601A installed this section is provided only for reference in case the hp 35601A has been removed for service However as a precaution make sure the correct line voltage selection has been made before applying power to the instrument Before applying ac line power to the hp 35601A be sure that the VOLTAGE SELECTOR switches are set for the proper line voltage and the correct line fuse is installed in the rear panel FUSE holder 2 2 POWER REQUIREMENTS 2 3 Line Voltage and Frequency The hp 35601A requires a single phase power source of 86 V to 127 48Hz to 66Hz or 189 V to 225 48Hz to 66Hz 2 4 Grounding Requirements To protect operating personnel the instrument s panel and cabinet must be grounded The hp 35601A is equipped with a three wire power cord which when plugged into an ap propriate receptacle grounds the instrument The offset pin on the power plug is the ground connection 1 The power cable plug must be inserted into a socket outlet pro vided with a protective earth contact The protection of the grounded instrument cabin
36. ae M PHASE OLTCCTOR Zur 1 1203 a224 h p Part No 35501 66553 VOX ius C214 t LY mis MU ZN 16 12 t 0047 6291 0295 159 CA204 8203 24373 Wt A os 0 i 4 i Refer to the Service Group text for disassembly n ou 8229 d aa fr 1 v i i circuit board 1228 cazes 8205 8 i instructions to access this t al ar wr Ch a 3 SU ga 220 1204 c203 0 i y HE pt jr 1609 01 Loros 862111 215 A O 7 3360 SAG Refer to Appendix for IC diagrams end truth i Ia QS HA E OC COPYRIGHT 1380 MIWLETT PACKARD COM tables 5 nent Locator i Figure 5 1 Schematic and Compo in mn t 5 mm 4 Revision A 3 5 4 Figure 5 1 Schematic and Component Locator Revision 5 3 5 4 LI 3 a nn er 5 u 4 A 3 V ocn 1 3 b T p gee 2 4 Ye 2 E VAS TE 225 SE lt n em nn mm 1 ben 83 nei eure a en at u IP cow PREDUENCY 035501 56503 SQ a PE Toa GUTPUT S RAD 1 Cc 7 45 955 59 er PM uA 7 Lue 2 gt 4 2 PET E or 8 Zen UUTPU Van CRS R
37. oured 400 kHz 14 MHz and 14 8 MHz Measurement gt hm Zap scd and A3L203 Adjustment a i aut 1 La y 5 NOTE i LN 10 MHZ REFERENCE 9 9 7 ua 2 4 INPUT Ar ie Mat DP 12305 con AS 3 31 ANE AS 3383 500 ixFuti 3 tra 64 ENS 4 2 at 4 13503 tage 152111 1 aS eo d ERU m ai mpm m E Mes rV A Cra a ER E 8826 da l 350 370 KNz SYNTHESIZER 1 kHz 19 kHz and Mixer DC Offset Measurements 1 10 MHz reference oscillator must be connected to the hp 14 ze 35601A rear panel 10 MHz Reference Input for this test Use a cable of one foot or less in length when connecting the hp 3455 Voltmeter to A3TP202 to avoid adding the effects of ex OA H cess capacitance to the measurement OF AS e NOTE 3 xL ML CDI MOI u cl 35601 80 Unsolder and remove the shield covering A31203 to adjust i A3L203 With the shield removed the voltage readings at A3TP202 are approximately 2 10 7 Volts low Resolder the shield Figure 6 14 350kHz 370kHz Syathesizer Test over A3L203 before proceeding the next test 350kHz 370kHz Synthesizer Test l 6 33 6 23 Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillator T
38. 125W 5 5 2 5 3 10 MHz VCX0 10 MHz REF INPUT PHASE DETECTOR MIXER DRIVER AND LOW PASS FILTER CIRCUITS Applies to Serial Numbers 2129A00100 through 2129A00120 Affected Manual Areas 5 Schematic and Component Locator Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Channel A DC Offset Adjustment Description of Change Figures 5 1 and 5 2 A3 Schematic and Component Locator applies to these instruments The following parts are applicable for these instruments A3C306 0160 4819 CAPACITOR FXD 2200PF 5 100VDC A3C318 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC A3C330 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF 50VDC A3L302 9140 0131 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 10MHZ 5 25DX 75LG A3R305 0698 3179 RESISTOR 2 55K 1 125W A3R308 0683 1025 RESISTOR IK 5 25W A3R345 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W A3R346 0683 4735 RESISTOR 47K 5 25W A3R347 0683 6835 RESISTOR 68K 5 25W A3R365 0683 6835 RESISTOR 68K 5 25W A3R366 0683 4735 RESISTOR 47K 5 25 A3R367 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W The following parts are not used on these instruments A3CR309 through A3CR312 A3R233 through A3R235 and A3R448 through A3R451 The Channel A DC Offset Adjustment does not apply to these instruments 5 4 A5 SUMMING AMPLIFIER BUFFER AND 0 20 dB AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT Applies to Serial Numbers 2129A00100 ditough 2129400120 Affected Manual Areas 5 Schematic and Component Locator Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Description of Change The following parts are applica
39. 4 7 0490 0916 RELAY RFED 14 SOQMA 100UDC SUDC COII 0490 0916 A4K8 0490 1318 RELAY 2 12VDC COIL 5 28VDC 04980 1318 A4X9 0490 1318 RELAY 2C 12VDC COIL SA 28VDC 0490 1318 A4K10 0490 0915 RELAY REED 14 300MA 100VDC SVDC COIL 0470 0916 4 11 0490 1318 RELAY 2 12VDC COIL 5 28VDC 0490 1318 4 12 0490 1318 RELAY 2 12VDC COIL 3A 28VDC 0390 1318 4 13 0490 1287 RELAY REFD 28490 0490 1287 A4K14 0490 1318 RELAY 2C 12VDC COIL 5 28VDC 0490 1318 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 47NH 202 166DX 305LG AALI 9100 3818 28480 9100 3818 AAL2 7140 0637 INDUCTOR 068UH 28480 9140 0637 AALI 7100 3807 INDUCTOR RF CH HLD 110 53 166DX 29480 7100 3807 AALA 9140 8638 TNDUCTOR 51 UH 28480 7140 0638 AALS 9140 0262 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 200NH 54 166DX 385LG 28480 9140 0262 9140 0262 641 6 9140 0262 INDUCTOR RF CH M D 200NH 1660X 3851 G 28480 A4L7 9140 0261 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100NH SZ 166DX 385LC 28480 9140 0261 AALB 9140 0399 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 2 2UM 52 166DX 28460 2140 0399 AALY 7100 3913 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 3 3UH 52 166DX 3851 6 28480 9100 3913 A4L10 9100 3912 INDUCTOR RF CH MI D 150 5 166DX 3551 6 28430 9100 3912 64L 11 9180 3561 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 6 2UH 53 166DX 305LG 28480 7100 3561 eeNXN A4L12 9100 3361 I
40. 500 CER 01121 FB2B 1024 0160 0352 1 CAPACITOR FXD 133PF 1X 3004DC MICA 28480 9140 0332 0160 0332 1 CAPACITOR FXD 133PF 1 300UDC MICA 23480 0160 0332 0160 0332 1 CAPACITOR FXD 133PF 1 300007 MICA 28480 0160 0332 0160 0332 1 CAPACITOR FXD 133PF 1 300UDC MICA 29480 0160 0332 0160 2543 CAPACITOR FXD 317 2PF 1 300VDC MICA 28480 0150 2643 0160 2643 CAPACITOR FXD 317 3PF 1 300VDC MICA 28480 0160 2645 01640 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 21 50 0 CER 20480 0159 4571 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 202 50 CER 20480 0168 4571 0150 4571 CAPACITOR 1UF 400 207 50 0 CER 23480 9169 4571 0160 4371 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 20 SOVDC CER 28480 0160 4371 3 3 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 480 207 SOVDC CER 20480 0150 4571 0160 4571 CAPACTTOR FXD 1UF 480 202 SOVDC CER 28480 0160 4571 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 480 20 58900 22480 0140 4571 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 202 SOVDC CER 26430 0160 4571 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20VDC 36259 150D156X9020E2 1901 0050 3 DIODE SWITCHING 809 200MA 2NG DO 35 28480 1901 0050 1250 1611 3 CONNECTOR RF SME 23480 1250 1611 1250 1611 3 CONNECTOR RF SMB 28436 1250 1611 1250 1611 3 CONNECTOR RF SME 28480 1250 1611 0 1250 6428 CONNECTOR S PIN MALE 2848 1250 6428
41. 7 28438 1854 0247 A4Q2 1854 0247 TRANSTSTOR NPN SI TO 39 PD 1W FT 800MHZ 28480 1654 0247 A4Q3 1853 0354 TRANSISTOR 51 TO 92 350 28480 1833 0354 404 1954 0795 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 92 PD 625MM 04713 MPSH10 4403 1834 0247 TRANSISTOR NPN SJ 70 297 PD 1U FT 860MHZ 20400 1854 0247 4406 1854 0247 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 10 39 PD 1W FT 800MHZ 28480 1554 0247 A4Q7 1953 0354 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 10 92 Pp 350Mu 204808 1855 0354 A4QB 1354 0215 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 350MW 300 7 04713 2N3904 A4Q9 1834 0019 TRANSISTOR NPN SJ TO 18 PD 360MW 28480 1854 0019 84010 1853 0010 TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO 18 PD 360MW 28480 1853 0010 481 0699 0195 RESISTOR 47 5 1 25 F TC 0 100 26480 0697 0195 NNnNY ANNI ob bbbbb bob AAR2 0698 3443 RESTSTOR 287 17 125W TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 287R F 483 0698 4364 RESISTOR 17 4 1 1254 TC 0 100 03838 PMESS 1 8 TOU0 17R4 F 4484 0678 3443 RESISTOR 237 1 125U F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 287R F AARS 0698 3443 RESJSTOR 287 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 287R F AARG 0698 4364 6 RESTSTOR 17 4 17 1254 F TC 0 100 03883 PMESS 1 8 T0 17R4 F A amp R 0698 3443 0 RESISTOR 287 12 1258 F TC 0 100 24545 C4 1 8 T0 287R F ASRA 0678 3443 0 RESISTOR 287 17 1254 F T
42. Replaceable Parts Reference Designation 7 amp A787 AZRB 4769 A7U2 747 4741 A7X1 HP Part Number 0498 4303 0498 4383 9578 4461 0683 2025 0950 9622 1858 0047 35601 51616 35501 61617 0955 0087 35601 66552 3101 2215 8120 3139 35601 84401 03585 61607 93565 61516 1250 0659 35601 66500 Table 4 3 Replaceable Parts Cont d Description RESTSTOR 52 6 1 1254 F 1C 0 100 RESISTOR 53 6 1 125 F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 698 1X 125W F 0 190 RESISTOR 2K SZ 254 TC 400 700 POWER DIVIDER TRANSISTOR ARRAY 16 P IN FLSTC DIP CABLE POWER ARESTRONG CABLE SHTFLDED BOARDS DCUSLE BALANCED MIXERS HPIB CABLE PC ASSEMBLY SWITCH RKR DIP RKR ASSY 7 14 054 30WDC CABLE ASSEMELY HPIB ACCESSORY KIT KIT ACCESSORY CABLE ASSEMBLY EXTENDER CABLE ASSEMEL 1 ADAPTOR ADAPTER COAX STR M SMB M SMA SERVICE PC ASSEMBLY 24546 24546 24546 01121 23480 13496 8480 28480 23480 28486 28480 28480 28480 28486 28480 28480 8480 Replaceable Parts Mfr Part Number 4 1 8 8 5386 4 1 8 0 5386 C4 1 8 T0 6958 F Ch2025 0960 2622 ULN 2003A 35401 61616 35601 61617 0557 0067 35461 66542 3191 2215 8120 3139 35601 84401 03585 61661 03525 61616 1250 0669 35591 66508 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 4 1 9 Replaceable Parts Ref
43. Shift KO Shift K1 Ouput Path to 3582 3585 Shift K2 Programmable Gains Test Shift K2 1 5GHz Mixer DC Offset Test Shift K5 INITIALIZE PROGRAM CHOOSE HF LF MENU Shift K6 Shift K11_ SWITCH hp 35601A control subprogram The Low Frequency Menu is shown in Table 6 3 Table 6 3 Low Frequency Menu of the hp 35601A Test Program hp 9836 hp 9845B Special Special Function Function Ke Ke KO K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 Shift K5 Shift Perform Tests Automatically sequentially 350kHz 370kHz Synthesizer Test Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillator Test 350kHz Bandpass Filter Test 20 and X5 Amplifiers Test Switchable Lowpass Filters Test Test Adjust Channel A DC offset 1 with digital signature analysis INITIALIZE PROGRAM CHOOSE HF LF MENU SWITCH Service Service Model 35601A The High Frequency Menu is selected once the procedures in the Starting the Program paragraph have been followed by entering HF to the prompt for testing the high or low fre quency section of the hp 35601A and pressing the computer continue key Similarly the Low Frequency Menu is selected by entering LF and pressing the computer continue key In either menu test routines are selected and run by pressing the special function key SFK for the desired test Two menu selections are used for troubleshooting the instrument a
44. The Overload Detector is connected to the output of the 60MHz Lowpass Filter This cir cuitry senses voltages exceeding about 2 volts peak these voltages could damage subsequent amplifiers If the Overload Detector senses an overload it sets the Overload Flip Flop U11b on the Phase Locked Loop Control board A5 The output of Overload Flip Flop A5U8e pin 10 returns to the A4 Board and drives the common inputs of the gates in U6 If this line goes low none of the relays connected to the output of the U6 can be actuated So if an overload exists Kl K12 Kil K14 and K10 are all de energized this sends the overloading signal into the bypass path and directly to the hp 3585A The hp 3585A is protected for inputs up to one watt in normal operation higher DC voltages cause the hp 3585A to disconnect its input circuitry The Overload Detector has both positive and negative peak detectors The two diodes CRI and CR6 together with R71 and C14 form a protection circuit for the Overload Detector itself CR2 and CRS are rectifying diodes and CR3 and CR4 provide temperature compen sation for the rectifiers If either a positive or negative peak exceeding approximately 2 volts is detected either U3A or U3B output is clamped to 15 volts which sets the Overload FlipFlop The transistor Q10 is used to ensure that no overload detection can occur if the in ternal mixer path is selected A damaging signal connot be sent through the internal mixer
45. 111 1 0 1KHz i 1 t 10Hz x20 SL 0 KHz gt SWITCHABLE 5 LPF LPF MIXER 4024 U40Sc L10 17 1 CONNECTED TO OYERLOAD AND OUT OF LOCK FLIP FLOPS 43 OF AS BOARD L9 morc eu EI _ 35501 80 i 1 i i ENG 22207 5 02 2 5 PHASE LOCKED LOOP pie M i Jia LEAD so 43 2 NETWORK gt gt 1 17 PHASE LUCKED Y 3 LOOP CONTROL VOLTAGE OUTPU Figure A 1 35601A Block Diagram 3 4 SE Model 35601 Appendix B APPENDIX B INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS AND TRUTH TABLES A1 Board U1 U2 U3 U4 US U8 U9 UNO U11 U12 hp part number 1820 1730 mfr part number SN74LS273N le lE ise dm Lift Ai Board U15 U16 hp part number 1820 1216 mfr part number SN74LS138N INPUTS OUTPUTS ENABLE SELECT 61 621 B YO Y1 Y2 Y4 v5 Y6 Y7 X H X X X JH H H H H H H H L X X X X TH H H H H H H L L L LI LH HH H L jl L H H H H H H H L JL H H L H H H H L JL H H H L H H H H H L JH L L H H H L H H H H L JH L H H H H L H H H L H LIH H H H HH LH H L JH H HIH H H H H H H L A1 Board U17 hp part number 1820 1444 mfr part number SN74LS298N OUTPUTS DATA WORD INPUT Vcc CLOCKSELECT C1 SELE
46. 125U F TC 0 100 24536 C4 1 8 T9 604R F 0628 4434 RESTSTOR 2 32 12 125 F 04 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 2321 F 0698 3493 RESISTOR 866 1X 1254 F TC 0 100 24346 C4 1 8 T0 866R F 0698 3443 RESISTOR 287 1 125 4 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 227R F NOOB 1810 0329 NETWORK RES 10 SIP7 5K OM X 9 01121 2104752 0683 2235 RESISTOR 22K SZ 25 TC 400 800 01121 2255 0683 2215 RESTSTOR 220 25W FC TC 400 46520 91121 2215 0683 2235 RESTSTOR 22K SX 25 FC TC 400 800 01121 2235 0737 0283 RESISTOR 2K 1 125W F TC 0 1090 24346 C4 1 8 T0 2001 F 0737 0283 RESISTOR 2K 12 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 2001 0698 4475 0683 4725 0683 4735 RESISTOR 9 76K 1X 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 4 7K SZ 25 FC TC 400 700 RESTSTOR 47K 5 25W FC TC 400 800 03588 01121 01121 PMESS 1 8 T0 9761 F 84725 47 35 1626 0188 CONV 8 B D A 16 DIP C PKG 04713 HC1408L 8 1820 1315 IC MULTIPLXR Q CHAN ANLG 16 DIP P PKG 01725 004031 RE 1820 1315 IC HULTIPLXR 8 CHAN ANLG 16 DIP P 0192B CD4051BE 1820 1313 IC MULTIPLXR B CHAN ANI G 16 DIP P PKG 019728 20405187 1820 1971 TC SWITCH ANLG QUAD 16 DIP P PKG 17855 DG201CJ 1820 1971 17856 06201603 SWITCH ANLG QUAD 16 01 PKG sae SY NWO Oo tt 1820 1971 IC SWIT
47. 24 D ne J o 0 or 648 3 PAD vie seis aurren feureen m 4 STEPS surfen What if the Test Fails Assuming the previous test have passed the most likely cause of failure is the X5 Amplifier REN dc offset adjustment circuit or switchable LPF low pass filter circuit Refer to Service ans s 97 Group One for schematics component locators and circuit descriptions Lat LEAD GUT OF LOCK 22757 FLIP FLOP OSCILLATION DETECTOR Equipment Set Up OUTPUT TO 3582 CHANNEL ik acz 388 28 88 tius SWITCHING 115 LOCK 121 Tan Me rr E oat ERU hs ttt E P ond we ga 8 9 2 i 28 o Enano M 1 zx 94 em She 286 31 fi au m ke EE 3 he rcl EZ EE a T u ca i SE FEE H 14 35691 80 4 gt E c pe i MIHI f Channel DC Offset Adjustment Figure 6 19 Channel A DC Offset Adjustment 6 43 Channel DC Offset Adjustment oooconocoonaoaognuac 6 44 CR TRE 151 14 EEE Al h p Part No 35601 66501 Signature Analyzer set up START positive edge
48. AAR2S 0683 4745 RESISTOR 470K 5 254 FC 800 4990 01121 CB4745 4R26 0693 1235 RESISTOR 12K 5 25M FC TC 400 800 01121 CB1235 AAR27 0683 2235 RESISTOR 22K 5 25W FC 400 800 01121 CR2235 A4R28 0683 2235 RESISTOR 22K 3 254 FC TC 400 800 01121 2235 AAR2Y 0683 2235 RESISTOR 22K 5 25W 400 800 01121 2235 AARJO 0683 4743 RESISTOR 470K 5 25W FC TC 800 4900 01121 4745 SOONW CUM OO Vb db Queen A4RS1 0683 1235 RESISTOR 12K 25W FC 409 800 01121 CB1235 4832 0685 1065 RESISTOR 10M 52 25 CC TC 900 1100 01121 CE1065 4833 0685 1543 RESISTOR 150K 57 25 FC TC 800 4900 01121 1545 A4R34 0698 3377 RESISTOR 47 SZ 1254 CC 270 540 01121 4705 44135 0683 1535 RESISTOR 15K 5 25W FC 400 4800 01121 1535 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 4 1 3 Replaceable Parts Reference Designation AARSE AARI A4R3B AARI AARAD 4641 AAR42 A4R43 AAR44 AARAS 84846 4847 AARAB 8484 AARSO AARSI AARS2 AARSI AARS4 44856 AARS7 44858 AARGOD 44862 44663 AAR 64 ARGS A4GRS6 4487 A4R6B AARG A4R70 4871 A4R72 4873 84874 4875 4876 AAR77 44878 44679 AARBO AARBI A4R82 AARBS A4R84 AARBS AARBE 44887 4888 AARG 44690 84871 AAR
49. COPYRIGHT 1381 HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY 35601 TA Figure 6 31 7 Schematic and Component Locator 6 87 6 88 co qma Model 35601 Appendix A APPENDIX A Operating the hp 35601A Locally This appendix outlines the procedure for controlling the state of the hp 35601A using the switches on the Al board Normally the easiest way to control the hp 35601A is with a computer and the program SWITCH see Section In the case where the handshake circuitry of the Al board is not working or computer is not avaiable the 35601A may skill be controlled in the following manner e Set switch SW1 to the LOCAL position closed SW1 must remain in this position while controlling the 35601A in the local mode e Set switch SW3 bit 8 to the 0 position closed With bit 8 in this position bits 1 through 7 of SW3 determine the latch selected when SW2 is switched to the load position and back See Table A 1 following this discussion for the states of bits 1 through 7 necessary to select a particular latch e After the latch has been selected set switch SW3 bit 8 to the 1 position open With bit 8 in this position bits 1 through 7 of SW3 determine the states of the bits in the latch selected in the previous step when SW2 is switched to the load position and back See Table 1 following this discussion for the function of each bit in the latch This may be a difficult step because in order to change only one bit in a
50. DAV check for the correct logic levels as far as possible 4 Switch each HP IB select code switch and check for the correct levels at inputs of U23 and 031 b Cycle the power and check that the start up sequence works by doing the following 1 Check start up pulse with scope at U34 pin 4 2 Check address flip flop FF3 U25 pin 8 for a low 3 Ensure that Q1 is high and 02 is low 4 Check that the ADDRESSED indicator on the front panel is off c Ensure that the address flip flop FF3 will set and that the handshake works by doing the following 1 Set the HP IB address switches to 00001 2 Ground DIOI DIO6 DAV and ATN 3 Check that Q1 is low and Q2 is high changed states 4 Check that NRFD is low and NDAC is high 5 Check that the ADDRESSED indicator on the front panel is on d Check that the address flip flop FF3 will stay set and that the rest of the handshake works by doing the following 1 Remove the ground from DAV 2 Check that Q1 is low and Q2 is high 3 Check that NRFD is high and NDAC is low 4 Check that the ADDRESSED indicator on the front panel is still on e Check ATN operation by doing the following 1 Remove the ground from ATN 2 Ground DAV then remove the ground 3 Check that the address flip flop FF3 LED is still on 4 Check that the latch state LEDs LO L3 are 1000 5 Move the ground from DIO1 to DIO 6 Repeat step 2 7 L
51. T 2 6 2 1 Sweep 10mS div ChA 2mV div ChB 5V div hp 3325A 1 S 0 to 200 kHz Sweep Marker Amplitude approximately 25dB Sweep 1S div ChA 2mV div ChB 5V div hp 3325A 1 S 20 Hz Sweep Marker Amplitude approximately 6 40 Channel 100 kHz Low Pass Filter Shape Channel B 10 Hz Low Pass Filter Shape BER 1S div ChA 2mV div ChB SV div ChB SV div hp 3325A 1 S 0 to 2 kHz Sweep Marker Amplitude hp 3325A 15 0 to 20 Hz Sweep Marker Amplitude approximately 248 approximately 348 Equipment Set Up INPUT FROM 3582 NOISE SOURCE Channel A Filter Measurement son TERMINATION SIGNAL Channel B Filter Measurement Wort Sot e a PHASE LOCKED LOSP 1 40000 616 4 33 ARE 4 4 12524 ACTIVATCO CHEM AL MZ ENED KAVE SELECTED os TRE CORALES INPUT WE GAINS ewe tusen aer fusen veo tp toro y 4 5 a 7 TURNS OFF 1 410 512 34 433 24 EE 5 d el E 8 Bs RE j d t 1 1 o OVERLOAD OVERLOAD asus 9 4 A DETECTOR CONVERTOR 5 1 6 Giz
52. The hp 3325A opt 001 is then connected to the Noise Input of the hp 35601A the output of Channel A is measured with the scope and voltmeter All three modes of the filters are tested 100kHz 1kHz and 10Hz The user is asked to confirm the shape of each filter and the program checks for proper levels with the voltmeter The results are printed Initializing the Test With the Low Frequency Menu displayed press SFK K5 to initialize the test After initializa tion follow the instructions displayed on the computer What if the Test Fails Assuming the previous tests have passed the most likely cause of failure is one of the Switchable Lowpass Filters SWITCH can be used to check the operation of the control lines for the filters Refer to Service Group One for schematics component locators and circuit descriptions Example Wave Shapes Channel A 100 kHz Low Pass Filter Shape Channel 1 kHz Low Pass Filter Shape __ _ IN 555555 SSS NS N N lt ME GS AW S Qf N 9 S S N N 2 22 22 222 S Sweep 10mS div Ch A 2mV div Ch A 2mV div Ch 5V div Ch 5V div hp 3325A 1 S O to 200 kHz Sweep Marker Amplitude hp 3325A 1 S 0 to 2 kHz Sweep Marker Amplitude approximately 5dB approximately 2dB Channel A 10 kHz Low Pass Filter Shape Channel B 100 kHz Low Pass Filter Shape 2 2 2 77 BY
53. it makes DAV the HP IB line high DAV U29 pin 8 goes low When the circuitry sees DAV go low it returns to state 10 via state 00 At this point the handshake is ready for another cycle NOTE The latch pulse is only allowed when DAV is true and ATN is false as determined by U22B and U22A At start up the board will go to state 01 if DAV is true This case should never exist but is defined to avoid any system hang up 6 81 Addressing the A1 Board Addressing to listen occurs when the talker sets the Listen Flip Flop First the talker sets ATN true low and DIO1 through DIOS to the address of the hp 35601A DIO6 is set true and DIO7 is set false this is HP IB convention The Al Board compares the data on the DIO1 through DIOS to the address of the hp address This is accomplished with 023 and U31 which also checks that DIO6 is true U29A checks that DIO7 is false If a true comparison exists U31 pin 6 gets high far out When an address comparison exists and DAV is set true with ATN true as determined by U29B the address flip flop FF3 will be set by a pulse from MONO2 to U29A pin 2 The A1 board can be unaddressed in three ways 1 At start up with a reset pulse 2 By being set true by the talker 3 When the unlisten command is sent This is detected by U30 When the board has been addressed to listen LED CRI is turned on by U21E and the front panel ADDRESSED indica
54. puase Locneo Loop CONTROL 4 3 Lo c ann eu gt 77 77777777 une un 1 314 di OFF amp 1 u10 15 ya OVERLOAD a OVERLOAD ALS D A ue 05 H H FLIP FLOP convertor ETER FILTER USED CARRIER FREQ 9 CISA 2nHz LPF sum ING sol 109 42885 EONHz LP o JUNCTION FILTER 2 BUFFER FAD is 4 STEPS 033 atten 2 4 LAG LEAD pd NETVORK 3 area ENS LAC LEAD y 2 25 3393 TRACKING CEN 10K MANE AS 1503 500 169011 1 4 x PAAIL LOLRED LOOP VIEN 112 118 8 Lis ARE activates She ASS CHANNEL 8 OUTPUT i PUT a Du i SWITCHABLE Ler 8 gan 4xD CUf Of LOC FLIP fLCPS f 5 t WER BOARD 1 ne Te 2 22 35601 860 Figure 6 9 Noise Input to Summing Juaction Test 1 722 41 LOOP CONTROL VOLTAGE QUTPU 1222 3 PHASE LOCKEO Noise Input to Summing Junction Test 6 23 6 24 6 18 Tracking Generator Input to Summing Junction Test This test checks the signal path shown in Figure 6 10 If the previous tests have been per formed the only circuits tested include relay K6 and switch S2 as well as the signal path bet ween
55. we program switches in the lowpass filter In each case the response of the switched in net _ work is viewed on the scope as the amplitude envelope of a swept signal The user of the pro gram is asked to confirm the respo se of the network The results are printed tnitlating the 2 Lowpass Filter Test with the High Frequency Menu displayed press SFK K2 to initialize the test After in itialization follow the instructions displayed on the computer What if the Test Fails If this test has failed and the previous test passed one of the following is probably at fault e Relay K1 K2 K8 K9 or Kil e The one pole lowpass filter e The 60MHz lowpass filter The 2MHz lowpass filter Refer to Service Group Two for the appropriate schematic component locator and circuit descriptions SWITCH can aid troubleshooting these circuits Refer to the discussion following these test procedures for information on using the SWITCH subprogram to control the hp 35601A Equipment Set Up TERMINATION OSCILLOSCOPE Example Wave Shapes 2 MHz Lowpass Filter Bypass Flatacss Test Sweep 10mS div ChA 05V div Bottom Screen Ground ChB SV div Bottom Screen Ground 2 MHz Lowpass Filter Shape ChB 5V div Bottom Screen Ground IIO losen reri fuser voor f A4 HIGH FREQUENCY och Cex VCO CONTROL VOLTAGE AA LLL idet
56. 10 20UDC TA 36289 1500156 70208 2 83 501 0180 1746 5 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20VDC TA 36299 1500156 9020 2 502 0180 1746 5 CAPACITOR FXD 150 4 10 20VDC TA 36289 1509156 90208 2 A3C503 0180 1746 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1SUF 10X 20UDC 36289 150D156X9020B2 3 504 0180 1746 5 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20UDC 5628 1509156 9 02082 3 505 0180 1746 5 CAPACITOR FXD 150 10 20UDC TA 36289 1500156 9020 2 A3C506 0180 1746 5 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20UDC TA 56289 150D156X9 020512 A3C700 0180 1746 5 CAPACITOR FXD 154 10 20UDC TA 56289 130D156X9020B2 A3C701 0160 4571 8 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4571 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 4 5 Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Replaceable Parts Cont d Oty Description e Part Number Reference Designation Mfr Part Number A3C702 0160 4371 8 CAPACTTOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 0150 4371 A3C703 0160 4571 8 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 0160 4571 A3C704 0180 1746 5 CAPACITOR FXD 150 10 20UDC TA 1500156 90208 2 A3CR100 1901 0033 DIODE GEN PRP 180 200MA DO 7 1701 0033 A3CR1 01 1901 0033 DINDE GEN PRP 1809 200MA 00 7 1901 0033 A3CR102 1901 0033 DIODE GEN PRP 180 200MA 00 7 1901 0033 A3CR103 1901 0033 DIOD
57. 25 TC 400 500 RESTSTOR 47 57 25 FC 400 500 RESISTOR 10K 534 254 FC TC 400 700 RESTSTOR 43 2 1 123W F 1C 0 100 RESTSTOR 21 5 1 1254 F TC 0 100 RESTSTOR 47 5 1X 123N F TC 0t 190 RESISTOR 22 5 25 FC TC 400 300 RESISTOR 22 25W FC TC 400 500 RESISTOR 22 5 254 FC TC 400 300 RESTSTOR 22 IX 25 FL TC 400 500 AW FC TC 400 500 54 25W FC TC 409 500 5 25W FC TC 400 300 5 ZIW FC 400 590 53 254 FC 400 500 RESTSTOR RESTSTOR RESISTOR RESTSTOR RESISTOR fd Pa N NNN fo RESTSTOR 5 254 400 500 RESISTOR 57 FC TC 400 4 500 RESISTOR 22 5 SW FC TC 400 500 RESISTOR 68K 52 25M FC TC 400 800 RESTSTOR ABK 5 ZIW FC 490 800 N N rg 4 TC 400 500 SW FC 400 500 TC 400 700 TC 4007 800 400 500 RESISTOR 22 5 RESTSTOR 22 5 RESISTOR RESTSTOR RESISTOR FC FC 400 580 RESISTOR FC TC 400 500 F Y RESTSTOR KESISTUR RESISTOR 5 TC 400 300 F TC 0 100 01121 01121 23480 01121 24546 24546 01121 01121 24546 24546 24336 24546 23400 24545 28480 23480 24546 01121 24546 19701 19701 24346 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 24546 20480 24546 24546 28480 24546 24546 24536 24546 24546 24546 24546 01121 24546 01121 24546 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 24546 03898 24546 01121 01121 0112
58. 26 6 19 Output Path to 3582 3585 6 27 6 20 Programmable Gain Steps Test 6 28 6 21 1 5 GHz Mixer DC Offset Test 6 31 6 22 350 kHz 137 OkHz Synthesizer Test 6 32 6 23 Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillator Test 6 34 6 24 35 OkHz Bandpass Filter Test 6 31 6 25 X20 and X5 Amplifier Test 6 39 6 26 Switchable Lowpass Filters Test 6 40 6 27 Channel A DC Offset Adjustment 6 43 6 28 HP IB Test with Digital Signature An lysis 6 45 6 29 Controlling the hp 35601A Using Subprogram Switch 6 46 6 30 Initializing Switch 6 46 6 31 Special Function Key 6 46 6 32 Entering a Command String 6 48 6 33 Introduction to the A3 Board 6 49 6 34 The A3 Board in the Narrow Band Analysis Mode 6 49 6 35 The A3 Board in the AM PM Analysis Mode 6 49 6 36 Detailed Description of the Board 6 49 6 37 Input Section 6 49 6 38 Mixer Section 6 49 6 39 50kHz and 0 16Hz Filters 6 50 6 40 Loop Shapping Control and Lock Detector 6 50 Table of Contents Section iV Page 6 41 10MHz Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillator 6 50 6 42 Adaptive Coupler 6 50 6 43 350kHz 370kHz Synthesizer 6 50 6 44 X5 A
59. 35601 61674 336C1 61675 pb pd 35601 61676 35601 61677 35601 61678 CABLE NOTSE HF CABLE NOTSE RP CABLE NOISE 28480 23480 28480 35501 61676 35601 61677 35601 61678 wA Ph pab 35601 61479 CABLE CHANNEL B RP 28480 35601 61679 35601 61680 CARLE CHANNEL A RP 28450 35501 61680 35501 61681 m CARLE DS 10 MHZ 23380 35601 61681 NON METRIC HARDWARE 2110 0569 1 FUSEHOLDER NUT 2110 0564 1 FUSEHOLDER BODY 2740 0002 1 NUT CR3 ZENER 2950 0134 2 NUT CRI E CR2 2950 0035 13 15 32 HEX NUT CFRONT AND REAR PANEL BNC 9 0590 0060 8 12 32 HEX NUT CFEEDTHRU CAPS 10 7 5 ARMS TNG 10 32 NUTS GOLD PLATED SMB CONNECTORS SMB CONNECTORS 10 32 MALE THREAD SMA PLUG FEMALE A4 MIXER OPTION COVER TOP PERFORATED FRAME FRONT FRAME REAR COVER SIDE PERFORATED COVER BOTTOM PERFORATED 8 32 100 DEG SCREW 2950 0078 1250 1611 1250 1707 35601 04102 5020 8803 5020 8804 5060 9913 5060 9994 2510 0192 O NN pal See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 4 2114 22 Model 35601 SECTION V BACKDATING 5 1 INTRODUCTION Backdating This section contains backdating changes which make this manual applicabl
60. 35601 66504 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD Q1UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0140 3879 0140 3879 CAPACTTOR FXD 01UF 20X 100VDC CER 28480 0140 3879 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100UDC CER 28480 0160 3879 0160 3879 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER 28480 0160 3079 0160 4383 CAPACITOR FXD 6 8PF SPF 200UDC CER 20932 024E0200 D687D 0160 3874 CAPACITOR FXD 10PF 5PF 2D0UDC CER 28480 0160 3874 QANN ONNNN 0160 3874 CAPACITOR FXD 10PF 5 200UDC CER 28480 0160 3874 0160 4386 CAPACITOR FXD 33PF 5 200VDC CER 0 30 31542 200 200 NP0 330J 0160 4386 CAPACITOR FXD 33PF 5 200UDC CER 0 30 21642 200 200 0 550 7 0160 4350 CAPACITOR FXD amp BPF 5 200VDC CER 0 30 23480 0140 4350 0160 4389 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF SPF 20Q0UDC CER 31642 200 200 NP0 1013 0160 4350 CAPACITOR FXD 68PF 5 20006 CER 0 30 28480 0169 4350 0160 3974 CAPACITOR FXD 10PF 5 200UDC CER 26490 0160 3874 0160 4791 CAPACITOR FXD 10PF 5 100UDC CER 0 30 28480 0160 4791 0160 4571 CAPACTTOR FXD 1UF 80 20 50 0 CER 20480 0160 4571 0160 4791 CAPACITOR FXD 10PF 5 100VDC CER 0 30 28480 0160 4791 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 480 202 SOVDC CER 0480 0160 4571 0160 4771 CAPACITOR FXD 10PF 5 100VDC CER 0 30 28480 9160 4791 0160 4822 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF
61. 36289 150D156x902082 0160 4571 8 CAPACTTOR FXD 1UF 80 20 SOVDC CER 28480 0160 4571 0160 4571 8 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 20 50 0 CER 28480 0160 4571 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Replaceable Parts Cont d Mfr Code HP Part Number Reference Designation Qty Description Mfr Part Number 0160 4571 150D156X902062 CAPACITOR FXD CAP ACITOR FXD 1UF 80 20 SOVDC CER 13UF 10 20V0C 0150 4371 0180 1746 A4C41 A4C42 0160 4571 0160 0576 CAPACITOR F XD 1UF 480 20 SOVDE CER CAPACTTOR FXD 1UF 20 SOVDC CER 0160 4571 0160 0376 A4C73 A4C7A uo AACTS 0160 0576 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20Z SOVDC CER 0150 0576 A4C76 0160 0376 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 SOVDC CER 0160 0576 A4C77 0180 1746 5 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20VDC TA 150D156X97020G2 A4C78 0160 4801 7 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 3Z 100UDC CER 0160 4801 1701 0050 80V 200MA 2NS 0 35 1901 0050 DIODE SWITCHING AACR2S A4F 1 2110 0384 0 FUSE 0624 125 261 093 2110 0384 A4F2 2110 0384 0 FUSE 062A 1259 281 093 2110 0384 2110 0384 0 FUSE 062 125 281X 093 2110 0384 AAFA 2110 0384 0 FUSE 062A 125 281 09
62. 800 z L201 0 78208 NE 270997 ssy 8104 8113 8144 33847 SV 479 1 27700 J no TI UM e 01 ni un R234 MO am FER 470K 12754 m yl N 6 17 8 03 T E 121009 12 Ec cs ca i FROM 3585 a 0102 E 2 CR103 5108 8143 s 3 EA 5 SHEL 001 3 58 702 T 1 LL 2 hd al B Taran oot 1402 a gt un Grins 47 ped 0 2 i ase T Tr100 y M y Ri 11 e oios 120 ar 1Sv 75 fr 0103 8114 TO OTHER 1 se zur Ara Ti 5 8K 50 1 58 SCHEMATIC t H 1101 t41 e A32 R YN 65046 R117 V 10 sz o nae j atti wats 6 8 1 495 ca2 Le20 317 1 La 44 _ R te 8 3 A143 H 522 J t5300 asz0 iur COME i AN AN MIXE Tezo 5 144 E Siit 0300 dd 2 i L702 gagp 2 i BANDPASS HG Be 4 1 306 big 4704 IT rios O NE E E Sy res C702 i 2 ii 2 P 8409 0484 ig 414 1307 R121 470 t 8103 9 404 R 1 47 8122 8123 2 i RABT R4SI 8448 8316 95 4 TK 2 2K caros 8127 ae 8705 ee ran ur RSE 2 7 0308 Rizo sa nw
63. 82UH 5 166DX 3BSLG 9140 0238 A3L401 9100 1637 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 120UH Sz 166DX 385LG 7100 1637 ASL402 9100 1648 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 5S50UH 5 2DX 451 6 9100 1648 DWH OS Wil 834403 9140 0210 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH 5 1660 38SLG 7140 0210 A3L404 9140 0210 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100111 5 165DX 38SLG 9140 0210 A3L405 9140 0131 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 10MH Sz 250 754 6 7140 0131 A3L406 7140 0210 7140 0210 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH 5 166DX 385LG A3L407 9140 0131 3 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 10MH 5 250 754 6 9140 0131 A3L408 7140 0479 4 INDUCTOR 225UH 5 Q 100 9140 0479 6 5 409 9140 0479 4 INDUCTOR 225UH 5 Q 100 7140 0479 831410 9140 0480 7 INDUCTOR 110UH 5X 0 100 9140 0480 A3L411 9140 0131 3 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 10MH 5 e5DX 79LG 7140 0131 A3L412 7140 0131 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 10MH 5 250 754 6 9140 0131 451415 9140 0479 INDUCTOR 225UH SZ Q 100 9140 0479 A3L416 9140 0479 INDUCTOR 225UH SX Q 100 9140 0479 ASL417 7140 0480 INDUCTOR 110UH 5 Q 100 7140 0480 3418 9140 0238 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD B2UH 5 166DX 358516 9140 0238 A3L419 7100 1637 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 120UH 57 1660 38SLG 9100 1637 SD FIN DD Of A3L420 9100 1648 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD S 50UH Sx 2DX 45L6 7100 1648 AS
64. 9170 0894 0 CORE SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170 0894 641 44 9170 0894 0 CORE SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170 0894 841 45 9170 0894 0 CORE SHIELDING EZAD 28480 9170 0894 ASL 46 A4LA7 9140 0144 9140 0144 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7UH 10 105DX 24LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 744 10 105DX 241 6 23480 28480 7140 0144 9140 0144 A4P 1 1251 2501 CONNECTOR SGL CONT SKT 022 IN BSC SZ 28480 1251 2501 A4P2 1251 2501 CONNECTOR SGL CONT SKT 022 1 850 57 28480 1251 2501 A4P3 1251 2501 CONNECTOR SGL CONT SKT 022 IN ESC SZ 22480 1251 2501 ARPA 1251 2501 CONNECTOR SGL CONT SKT 022 1N ESC SZ 28480 1251 2501 AAPS 1251 2501 CONNECTOR SGL CONT SKT 022 1 5 57 25480 1251 2501 1251 2501 CONNECTOR SGL CONT SKT 022 IN ESC SZ 28480 1251 2501 A4P7 1251 2501 CONNECTOR SGL CONT SKT 022 IN BSC SZ 28480 1251 2501 A4P8 1231 2301 CONNECTOR SGL CONT SKT 022 IN ESC S7 28480 1251 2501 1251 2501 CONNECTOR SGL CONT SKT 022 IN BSC SZ 25480 1251 2501 A4P10 1251 2501 CONNECTOR SGL CONT SKT 022 1 850 57 23480 1751 2501 11 A4P 12 1251 2501 1251 2531 CONNECTOR SGL CONT SKT 022 IN ESC SZ CONNECTOR SGL CONT SKT 022 1 85 52 28460 28480 1251 2501 1251 2501 8401 1654 4247 TRANSISTOR NPN ST TO 39 PD 1U 800
65. Amarousion ATHENS Greece Tel 682 88 11 Telex 21 6588 HPAT GR Cable HEWPACKSA Athens EASTERN EUROPE Hewlett Packard Ges m b h Lieblgasse 1 P O Box 72 A 1222 VIENNA Austria Tel 222 2365110 Telex 1 3 4425 HEPA A NORTHERN EUROPE Hewlett Packard S A Uilenstede 475 P O Box 999 NL 1180 AZ AMSTELVEEN The Netherlands Tel 20 437771 SOUTH EAST EUROPE Hewlett Packard S A 7 Rue du Bois du Lan CH 1217 MEYRIN 2 Switzerland Tel 022 83 12 12 Telex 27835 hpse Cable HEWPACKSA Geneve OTHER EUROPE Hewlett Packard S A P O Box 150 Rte du Nant D Avril CH 1217 MEYRIN 2 Switzerland Tel 022 83 8111 Telex 22486 hpsa Cable HEWPACKSA Geneve EASTERN USA Hewlett Packard Co 4 Choke Cherry Road ROCKVILLE MD 20850 Tel 301 258 2000 MIDWESTERN USA Hewlett Packard Co 5201 Tollview Drive ROLLING MEADOWS IL 60008 Tel 312 255 9800 SOUTHERN USA Hewlett Packard Co 2000 South Park Place P O Box 105005 ATLANTA GA 30348 Tel 404 955 1500 WESTERN USA Hewlett Packard Co 3939 Lankershim Blvd P O Box 3919 LOS ANGELES CA 91604 Tel 213 506 3700 OTHER INTERNATIONAL AREAS Hewlett Packard Co Intercontinental Headquarters 3495 Deer Creek Road PALO ALTO CA 94304 Tel 415 857 1501 Telex 034 8300 Cable HEWPACK 25 PLI eri ID E IES US mer O 2 nen
66. F AJRAJ2 0678 4467 RESTSTOR 1 05K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 L4 1 8 T0 1051 F 838433 0683 1055 RESISTOR 1M 52 25 FC TC 800 900 01121 1055 ASR 434 0603 4745 RESISTOR 470K 534 25W TC 800 900 01121 84745 658435 0698 4125 RESISTOR 953 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1071 F A3RA36 0683 5625 RESTSTOR 5 6 25W FC 400 700 01121 CB5625 638437 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5Z 25W FC TC 40074700 01121 CB1035 A3R438 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K 3 254 TC 400 700 01121 CB1 035 ASR439 0628 3279 RESISTOR 4 99K 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 4991 F 0757 0449 RESTSTOR 20K 1 125W F 1 0 100 24346 C4 1 8 T0 2002 F 63RAA40 VN ASR441 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K SZ 25W FC TC 400 600 01121 CB1025 2 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K 52 254 FC TC 400 600 01121 1025 4586443 0683 2025 RESISTOR 2K 55 25 FC TC 400 700 01121 CB2025 ASR 444 0683 2025 RESISTOR 2K 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 CB2025 AJR444 0683 4703 RESISTOR 47 3 254 TC 400 300 01121 CB4705 ABR445 0683 2025 RESISTOR 2K 5 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 2025 858445 0683 2025 RESISTOR 2K SZ 254 FC TC 400 700 01121 CB2025 447 0683 2025 RESISTOR 2K 5 25W TC 400 700 01121 202
67. Figure 2 6 for more information NOTE To achieve design performance with the HP IB proper voltage levels and timing relationships must be maintained If the system cables are too long the lines cannot be driven properly and conse quently the system will fail to operate When interconnecting any HP IB system observe the following rules a The total cable length for the system must be less than or equal to 20 metres 65 feet b The total cable length for the system must be less than or equal to 2 metres 6 feet times the total number of devices con nected to the bus Model 35601A Model 35601 Installation 0101 0102 0103 0104 The hp 35601A contains metric threaded HP IB cable mounting studs as opposed to English threads Metric threaded hp 10631A B C or D HP IB cable lockscrews 0105 must be used to secure the cable to the instrument Iden 0106 tification of the two types of mounting studs and 0107 lockscrews is made their color English threaded 0108 fasteners colored silver metric threaded fasteners EOI are colored black DO NOT mate silver and black fasteners REN to each other or the threads of either or both will be DAV destroyed Metric threaded HP IB cable hardware lustra NRFD tions and part numbers follow NDAC LOCKSCREW LONG MOUNTING STUD SHORT MOUNTING STUO IFC 1390 0360 0380 0643 0380 0644 SRQ SHIELD CHASSIS GROUND P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 6 P O
68. GAIN2 dB 6 LEADLAG FILTER 0 2 24 SWITCH options can now be accesed through the use of special function keys or the en try of a command string Special function key assignments and entry of a command string are covered in the following sections 6 31 Special Function Keys The special function keys assignments used in the SWITCH subroutine permit each switch relay amplifier and attenuator in the hp 35601A interface to be controlled by a computer SFK KO and turn off the overload and out of lock indicators on the front panel SFK K2 through K7 are used to change various parameters of the signal path in the Phase Locked Loop Control board When one of these keys 2 7 is pressed the com puter displays a prompt for value When the value of the parameter is entered and continue is pressed the Interface Setup Status display is updated showing the present state of the hp 35601A SFK K8 is used with the hp 9836 computer to enter a command string The hp 9845B computer allows entry of the command string without pressing a special function key Pressing SFK K9 hp 9836 or shift K11 hp 9845B returns the user to the main por tion of the hp 35601 A test program 6 46 Service Model 35601 A KO Toggle Overload Pressing this key resets the Overload Flip Flop on the A5 board which turns off the OVERLOAD indicator on the front panel of the hp 35601A If an ov
69. GGARD 13 9 5 ee a ll 35601 80 Figure 6 11 Channel B and IMQ Outputs ATTEN 1 5 CONTROL VOLTAGE CUIPLS Channel and 1MQ Outputs 6 27 6 28 6 20 Programmable Gain Steps Test This test checks the circuits in the signal path shown in Figure 6 12 If the previous tests have been performed the only circuits checked are the relay K10 the switch S3 the 12dB Amplifier the 0 28dB Amplifier the 6dB Attenuator the 0 20dB Amplifier the Integrator and the 6dB Pad A signal is input into the 0 40MHz Input using an hp 3325 opt 001 set at 5kHz An hp 3455A Voltmeter measures the Channel A Output then measures the IMQ OUTPUT to 3585A The program checks that the Overload Flip Flop is not set and the Out of Lock Flip Flop is set If either of these conditions fails to occur the user is given the op tion of trying the test again after some troubleshooting or discontinuing the test The pro gram then selects all of the gains sequentially for each gain change the program adjusts the level of the hp 3325A opt 001 a corresponding amount So if the attenuators and amplifiers are working properly a constant level should be maintained at the output The program confirms the output level for each gain step In the next part of the program the user is asked to zero the DC offset of the 12dB Amplifier and gain stages Finally the pro
70. K7 and the Summing Junction A signal is input in the Tracking Generator Input from an hp 3325A opt 001 This signal is measured with an hp 3455A voltmeter at the OUTPUT to 3585A The user is then given the option of discontinuing the test in case anim proper voltage reading is obtained there is no continuity If the test is continued the program automatically measures the loss in the signal path The results are printed initializing the Test With the High Frequency Menu displayed press shift SFK KO hp 9836 or SFK K10 hp 9845B to initialize the test After initialization follow the instructions displayed on the computer What if the Test Fails Assuming that the previous tests have passed the only probable cause of failure is relay K6 or switch S2 This can easily be checked using SWITCH and a voltmeter Refer to Service Groups 2 and 3 for schematics and component locators Equipment Set Up TRACKING GENERATOR INPUT De an VANE SEON SET AND UNER USER OSCILLATORS reri losen de 2 272 4 HIGH FREQUENCY 212 fHz 1 6 cu 5 S m PN MR L u PASS FILTER ftis FILTER USED FOR CARRIER os 48 so ARA meum ES GUTPUT TO 3585A E 35853 Low FREQUENCY 22 1
71. LM212H A3U307 1826 0716 LOW NOTSE DUAL 8 DIP C 18324 NESSS2AFE ASU308 1920 1971 SWITCH ANLG QUAD 16 DIP P 17856 DG201CJ 430309 1820 1971 IC SWITCH ANLG QUAD 15 DIP P PKR 17654 DG201CJ 834400 1826 0716 IC AMP LOU NOISE DUAL 8 DIP C 18324 32 30401 1825 0716 LOW 5 DUAL 8 DIP C 18324 NESSI2AFE ASU402 1820 1971 IC SWITCH ANLG QUAD 16 DIP P 17856 DG201CJ 430403 1826 0522 IC OP AMP QUAD 14 DIP P 01295 TLO74CN ASU404 1820 1971 IC SWITCH QUAD 16 DIP P 17856 DG201CJ WNNNN 4004 2DOBON 31485 1820 1971 IC SWITCH QUAD 15 DIP P PKG 17856 DG201CJ 450402 1820 1971 IC SWITCH ANLG QUAD 16 DIP P 17856 DG201CJ 830407 1820 1971 TC SWITCH ANLG QUAD 16 DIP P 17656 DG201CJ A3U408 1826 0521 IC GP AMP DUAL 8 DIP P 01295 072CP A3US00 1820 1199 IC INV TTL LS HEX 1 INP 01295 SN74LS0 4N 31501 1820 1199 INV TTL LS 1 01295 SN74LS04N 430502 1820 1199 IC INV TTL LS 1 INP 01295 SN74LS04N A3V300 0410 0437 CRYSTAL 28480 0410 0437 A4 35601 66504 FREQUENCY PC ASSEMBLY 28480
72. MOS E saree 6 23 6 24 J 6 83 6 84 6 10 Tracking Generator Input to Summing 6 31 A7 Schematic and Component Junction 6 25 6 26 6 87 6 88 6 11 Channel Band IMQ Outputs 6 27 6 28 A 1 35601A Block Diagram A 3 A 4 6 12 Programmable Gain Steps Test 6 29 6 30 LIST OF TABLES Table Page Table Page 1 1 Recommended Test Equipment 1 3 1 4 6 3 Low Frequency Menu of 601TST 4 1 Standard Abbreviations 4 1 6 5 4 2 Manufacturers Code List 4 2 6 4 SWITCH Commands 6 47 6 48 4 3 Replaceable 4 3 1 Latches and Latch Bits for Controlling 6 1 Recommended Test Equipment 6 3 the hp 35601A Locally A 2 6 2 High Frequency Menu of 5601 5 Prob aM velud 6 5 v vi HEWLETT PACKARD Ur SAFETY SUMMARY The following general safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation service and repair of this instrument Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this manual violates safoty standards of design manufacture and intended use of the instrument Hewlett Packard Company assumes liability for the customer s failure to comply with these requirements This is a Safety Class 1 instrument GROUND THE INSTR
73. PHASE LOCKED 1629 15 401580 WHEN KIO amp 3 ART ER E ALT VASTO UNEN 61 52 CALI WAVE SILECTEO y TRE CORACOS INPUT PATH SUE CAINS 1 SAVE SCT AMD UNEN USER OSCILLATORS AVE CONNECTED And ADJUSTCO FOR 1 UIEN FRLO PHASE MOISE STASURENEOT PHASE LOCKED LOOP docta E RN ON A Loue CONTROL 1 a e 4 2 ne ta yet es 3 5 9 ee Jat mn 4 er Wi come n l OVERLOAD 2 es DETECTOR CONVERTOR T FILTER FOR 4 CARRIER FRED S lt A4 1 i SUMMING 238110 age A Je us 2 em ese f ene a 9 PAD BUFFER rape ke BUFFER a d gt Dp ae atten 2 iu m V 1 toor control s2 84 VOLTAGE OUTPU Mur arten 3 i WETN GRIOCE ta ARI a OSC 1 68 LM 1 QuT OF LOCK we 82253 FLIP FLOP OSCILLATION tac LEAD na DETECTOR 7 4 1 im OUTPUT TO 3505A 5 4 T LI 1 mn 350 370 KHz SYNTHESIZER eg 204 ea a isis 11 1098 1 3 SUITCHABLE LPF 1 1 160 fO OVERLOAD and 081 0 40167 FLIP PLUPS ff as t t3 Wurm mulcere O Sa A E A 55 01260 Figure 6 2 2 lowpass Fliter Test 2MHz Lowpass Filter Test 6 9 6 11 100 Amplifier Test This test checks the cir
74. Pass Filters The output of the Adaptive Coupler also joins Channel B at this point L6 connects Channel A and Channel 6 45 Lowpass Filters Each Lowpass Filter is programmable to provide either a 100kHz a or a 10Hz cutoff frequency The output of each filter is fed into a unity gain buffer These are the Output stages which drive the channel A and channel B inputs of the hp 3582 REMOVING THE A3 BOARD FOR SERVICING When servicing is required the board may be removed by pulling up all of the black re tainer pins After this the board may be placed vertically for ease of testing by rotating the board toward the back of the instrument and inserting the bottom edge and the side edge in to the plastic holders provided You may desire to remove a few cables to facilitate the rotating of the board 6 51 6 52 Model 35601 M 1 2 8 M PL Lou 035601 66303 EN m i MIXER 4 4 P d zt CI M i Re aS who NN Ser 18 me E Hi 1 1 47039 uw E azos 3 S f INPUT AMPLIFIER a RED Zu BI a 8189 2 an an 8217 zus 15V 3 15 1 214227 87012 C701 1
75. Q sec U33B is triggered by negative going edge on pin 10 2 has a period of 0 5 Q sec The next state of and FF2 is determined by the HP IB handshake signals 2 and the present states of FF1 and FF2 These flip flops are driven by U24 U29D U29C and U28D NDAC is generated by U26C and is determined by this expression NDAC DAC 2 DAV is generated by U26B and is defined as follows DAV DAV ATN LADS RFD is generated by FF1 and is equivalent to Q1 DAC is generated by FF2 and is equivalent to Q2 Zt b DAV DAV LADS R Figure 6 25 Timing Diagram for HP IB Handshake 6 72 Model 35601 A Service After start up RFD is normally set high NRFD 1 and DAC is set low NDAC 0 this is state 10 in Figure 6 26 When the HP IB talker sees this it will put data on lines DIO1 through DIOS wait for the lines to settle then set DAV high the HP IB line DAV 0 When the handshake circuitry sees DAV 1 it will go to state 00 set RED low and trigger 1 After 0 50 sec MONO will trigger MONO2 If DAV is still high the circuitry will go to state 01 it will keep RFD low and set Q2 high 2 will generate the latch pulse to either 017 or one of the control latches depending on the state of DIO8 At the end of MONO2 the data has been latched so is set high When the listener sees this
76. SIT TURNS 1 OFP MS LEB KID OVERLOAD Ma ni OVERLOAD ys H FLIP FLOP YO AMS 0 4 pr NETER CONVERIOR 128 2 FILTER 0510 FoR 3 B 2 314 3 t 5 JUNCTION 100 0 2048 a eer 3 IR 4 1223 033 1 ot o 9e ud oot 4 WEIN ERIOCE OSC 1 68 OSCILLATION LEAD BETECTOR 8 10K 54 3 7 ISANE AS 3385 g _ E H H 36 P NE UN OUTPUT TO 3565A 0 Ue A a lt 14 13385 ANER 3 m m 1 i LOW FREQUENCY a A 551123 115 4 LOCK DETECTOR 0 TO O ERLCAD 001 05 40685 FLIP FLOPS nn AS BOARD 98 M ee ee 1301 85 Figure 6 1 Bypass Path Test Shute nu gt 0 HAST LOOP CONTROL VOLTAGE OUTPUT Bypass Path Test 6 7 6 8 6 10 2MHz Lowpass Filter Test This test checks the circuit elements in the signal path shown in Figure 6 2 A signal is input to the 0 40MHz Input from the hp 3325A the 500 OUTPUT to 3585A is measured with a scope First the program switches in the path that bypasses the 2MHz lowpass filter Then
77. SUFFER x i PHASE LOCKED LOOP a 1 1 i A4 J14 so 2 LAC LEAD H gt 27 NETWORK 1 1 PRASE COLRED TROL LOOP CON 7 OL TAGE Switchable Lowpass Filters Test 6 41 6 42 sl 4 6 27 Channel A DC Offset Adjustment yo MIA A a Diag we e o mJ 4 24 cui mam die ei demi d UEM m CMM RUF a horde ___________________ Tt CORRECT LUPUT PATH THe This test checks the dc offset output of the hp 35601A to the hp 3582A channel A During fum ant se worl A4 wich FREQUENCY SS a Te operation the synthesizer is disabled the path in Figure 6 19 is established and the channel As 2 A output of the hp 35601A is measured with an hp 3455A The user is asked to adjust the EGET CHE E dc offset for 0 volt indication on the hp 3455A sie ko Ue i Initializing the Test SUA oro MM tats FILTER vsco FOR 3 5900 With the Low Frequency Menu displayed press shift SFK K6 to initialize the test After in AAA itialization follow the instructions displayed on the computer sob b s Snes
78. TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 7 P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 8 eee P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 9 INTERNALLY P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 10 GROUNDED P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 11 ISOLATED DIGITAL GROUND Figure 2 6 HP IB Connector 2 11 OPERATING AND STORAGE ENVIRONMENT To prevent potential electrical shock or fire hazard do not expose equipment to rain or moisture 2 12 Operating Environment In order for the hp 35601A to function properly the operating environment must be within the following limits Temperature 0 C to 55 32 F to 131 F Relative lt 95 AAA ae lt 4600 metres 15000 ft Magnetic Field lt 0 05 gauss Installation Model 35601 A 2 13 Storage and Shipping Environment The hp 35601A should be stored in a clean dry environment The following are en vironmental limitations to both storage and shipment Temperature 40 to 75 C 40 F to 158 F Relative Humidity lt 95 RR NEN lt 15300 metres 50000 ft In high humidity environments the instrument must be protected from temperature varia tions that could cause internal condensation 2 14 REPACKAGING FOR SHIPMENT NOTE If the instrument is to be returned to hp for service attach a tag indicating the type of
79. block the Buffer block following the VCO If the frequency reading was correct at A3TP205 and A3TP200 but is incorrect at the Chan nel Output then the failure is not in the 350kHz 370kHz Synthesizer The failure is prob ably in one of the following circuits the Mixer Driver the PM Mixer the Input Amplifier or the 350kHz Bandpass Filter the 50kHz LPF X5 Amplifier X20 Amplifier Switchable LPF the Output Buffer or any of the associated switches and drive circuitry Refer to Service Group One for schematics component locators and circuit descriptions Equipment Set Up VEG CONTROL VOLTAGE NOTE 1 ie 4 ACTIVATED HEN KLA RALF 10 MNZ REFERENCE AAA EI erg t E M WICK FRIO PHASE MOISE SIASURENENT 1 qu TE PRASE LOKED Log gm St n As puase Locneo coor CONTROL a ee eg oe 0 Oz Ms conta ser gt pe E Sa EQ fi FILTER von M fio no y NETER COUNTER Toanc gu 2 gu ha 1010 Ne O fm en 10 sun 1 g 21 ENS R4 0 2048 2 24 i li Bg ze dr ar Ete 03 4 amp a BE D T MICE i PG E 22 RES por
80. connect to TP1 ATN STOP negative edge connect to TP1 ATN CLOCK negative edge connect to TP4 DAV 2812 13 C15 814 1 46 OO TP8 10 TP11 OCR17 CR16 R13 CR8 zu 171011 CR10 R14 J7 J8 CR12 35601 1C V A J 6 28 Test with Digital Signature Analysis This test checks the operation of the digital control circuitry on the Al Board The program executes a routine that will generate predictable signatures at various points in the circuit if the circuit is working properly Figure 6 20 shows the circuit diagram for the HP IB control portion of the Al Board After initializing the test simply check for the proper signatures at all the indicated points in the circuit Chances are quite good that if all the previous tests have passed the circuitry checked in this test is working properly This test passes if all the signature readings are correct NOTE If you find that the hp 35601A is not responding to HP IB com mand proceed directly to Service Group Four Al HP IB control and Power Supply The HP IB handshake circuitry must be working before this test can be of any use initializing the Test With the Low Frequency Menu displayed press SFK K7 to initialize the test After initializa tion follow the instructions displayed on the computer This test will not be initialized in the automatic mode What i
81. copies of this manual in either form are available through your nearest Hewlett Packard Sales Service office a list of these are in the back of this manual This section contains the specifications general description safety considerations and recommended test equipment for the hp 35601 A Spectrum Analyzer Interface 1 1 er ee General Information Model 35601 A 1 2 DESCRIPTION The hp 35601A is the Spectrum Analyzer Interface for the hp 3047A Spectrum Analyzer System This instrument is not available by itself or as an accessory it has been designed ex clusively for the hp 3047A System The hp 35601A provides the necessary interfacing of the spectrum analyzers in all three operating modes of the hp 3047A 1 3 SPECIFICATIONS The hp 35601A has no specifications of its own The hp 3047A Spectrum Analyzer System has specifications for the entire system as well as for the individual spectrum analyzers however there are no specifications that apply to the Spectrum Analyzer Interface alone 1 4 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS The Spectrum Analyzer Interface is a Safety Class I instrument and has been designed according to international safety standards To ensure safe operation and to retain the in strument in a safe condition the Operating and Service Manual contains information cau tions and warnings which must be adhered to by the user NOTE See the Safety Summary following the Table of Contents of t
82. correct fuse 0 5 amps hp part number 2110 0012 3047 2 2 Figure 2 2 Switch Positions For Line Voltage Ranges Model 35601 A Model 35601 A Installation 2 7 HP IB Address Selection The hp 35601A is shipped from the factory with a Select Code of 15 The hp 3047 soft ware requires that the hp 35601A have a select code of 15 This may be changed to another address if desired providing no other instrument in the system has its new address Chang ing the Select Code is accomplished using the DIP switches on the rear panel see Figure 2 3 NOT USED DOO a a OOO OO ICO A AA 3047 2 3 ASCII Code Character Listen Talk Address Switches Al A2 A3 A4 AS Decimal 0 1 B 0 C 1 D 1 amp 1 H 1 J 1 L 0 M 1 N 0 Fa ctory IgE pA Set B pun _ m 5555552 mund pu Address 1 1 0 0 0 1 17 2 R 1 0 1 18 3 S 1 1 0 0 1 19 4 T 0 1 0 1 20 5 U 1 0 1 0 1 21 6 V o 1 1 0 1 22 7 1 1 1 0 1 23 8 x 0 1 1 24 9 Y 1 O O 1 1 25 7 0 1 0 1 1 26 1 1 0 1 1 27 Figure 2 3 Address Selection Installation Model 35601 A 2 8 Mounting The hp 35601 was installed into the hp 3047 A with support rails rack mount flanges and rear frame brackets When mounting this instrument into the hp 3
83. d Fel amp H 32 1 Ch B 3V div de Coupled ChB SV div de Coupled L103 5 5 m D na Ea Bottom Screen Ground Bottom Screen Ground b ti 8 D ap g 3 9 e i cats 1 cain 2 34 i Sn Co VOLTAGE GuTPU e Im a te H o Ye TUDAN d emm 1 1 m lt Se x WE IN BRIDCE hp 35601A 105 Band Pass Filter Shape Band Pass Filter Shape at hp 35601A TP104 to ana r et OUTPUT TO 3582 CHANNEL Connector so EP fire i i er AZ E E B FLIP FLOP tas LUND son wiz so tent 01 6678 d 1 4 a 13363 TRACKING LEN 5 106 1107 1111 10K EE 3 3 3583 INPUTS 4 57 FILTER SHAPE B i NH GUTPUT TQ 3505A 30 i e lg i 13383 1556 188113 amp MARKER Sweep TRANSITION de Coupled 4 m lt Bottom Sereen Ground weep 10 5 tou Frequency us 1 ChB V div de Coupled A porta de Coupled 239 o o Bottom Screen Ground Bottom Screen Ground ChB 3V div de Coupled 350 370 KHz Bottom Screen Ground PRE in 12112 4 he iransition of the piro hg A gt ij Filter shape must be symmetrical about the 1 o ES 914 NEASURENENT a0273 AH AN 08 marker signal OREVER SO u
84. error free LIMITATION OF WARRANTY The foregoing warranty shall not apply to defects resulting from improper or inadequate maintenance by Buyer Buyer supplied software or interfacing unauthorized modification or misuse operation outside of the environmental specifications for the product or improper site preparation or maintenance NO OTHER WARRANTY IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE a EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES THE REMEDIES PROVIDED HEREIN ARE BUYERS S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES HP SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT TORT OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY ASSISTANCE Product maintenance agreements and other customer assistance agreements are available for Hewlett Packard products For any assistance contact your nearest Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office Addresses are provided at the back of this manual 35601 SPECTRUM ANALYZER INTERFACE HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY 1981 EAST 24001 MISSION AVENUE TAF C 34 SPOKANE WASHINGTON U S A 99220 Operating and Service Manual Part No 35601 90001 Microfiche Operating and Service Manual Part No 34601 90051 Printed in U S A SEPTEMBER 1982 HEWLETT PACKARD Model 35601 Section Page GENERAL INFORMATION 1 1 1 1 I
85. ery da In 4 STEPS 033 a Lasse RETUORK arren 1 GUT OF LOCK eU BLIP FLOP OSCILLATION LAS LEAD DETECTOR 13383 TRACKING CENI 1m OUTPUT TO 33834 30 e tow Frequency 2 77 o 3582 4 t EM SUITCHABLE CHANNEL A OUTPUT LPF 1 LI LJ 38 28 88 35601 80 Figure 6 15 Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillator Test Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillator Test T 1 LECKED UNEN MIO 83 ARE im ee 7 7 77 7 7m oe nn PHASE LOCKED LOOP a LOG CONTROL VOLTAGE CUTPU 6 35 6 36 6 24 350kHz Bandpass Filter Test This test checks the circuits in the signal path shown in Figure 6 16 in particular it tests the 350kHz Bandpass Filter A signal is input to the IF Input from an hp 3325A opt 001 10MHz is input to the Reference Input The Channel output is measured with a scope Because the input frequency is sweeping from 340kHz to 360kHz the envelope of the signal on the scope represents the frequency response of the 350kHz Bandpass Filter about its cutoff freqeuncy The overall gain of the filter is adjusted while the s
86. exceeds 2 volts Listen This indicates that the hp 35601A is accepting commands over the HP IB Note that this instrument only listens and never talks d On Indicates power on Line off on Turns the instrument power on and off Figure 3 1 hp 35601A Front Panel Model 35601 A Operation 10MHz Input This input accepts the 10MHz Reference Output from the hp 3585 Output to 3582A B Channel Input This output is routed to the hp 3582A B Input via a patch panel below the hp 3582 Noise Input This input accepts the Noise Output from the hp 3582 AC Power Line Connector Connects instrument to ac mains See the Installation section for appropriate power cable Line Voltage Selector Switches These switches should be set to select the appropriate power line voltage range for the mains available where the instrument is to be operated See the Installation section of this manual for instructions on setting these switches 0 Fuse Holder Holds ac power line fuse See the Installation section for appropriate fuse size HP IB Address Selection Switches Selects the desired HP IB address See the Installation section for instructions IF Input This input accepts the IF Output from the hp 35854 HP IB Connector Provides HP IB control of the instrument accepts a standard HP IB cable See the Installation sec tion for instructions
87. gt i UNS 2 E TE IA RER 19 UIES 1 0i EE e p 6 z m 5 u gt 3 um R TERR a 3 04835453 o A 32 lt v 10 34 9 ME tiu Sm NP e 05014 en 2 cu a Reta MHi ans 35603 to WOKE 20222 u i zone A _ reelle 01 21 u 345 sor 4 sane te 1313 Aig ir D ur HE cou E A 6 0 E u 1 RU Oi cen o us 71396 43 130 01090161 amp 30 msoz MT 3 3 10 as ates A MH ens 1 65061 18 0465661 o 745 13 E 10 o Hi 18 A AB 05064 S 5 V p E Ma E M m E 28335 oin 10 USS 1 5 Eu mic o ir sr Beet 7 B un m Sap Be v EN P em jt a TA i ei gt AsSe 4 Lt196 t 1 i f am o SV 1 4 4 4 4 1 A3 h p Part 35601 66503 C506 T out 41SV y 1 4 C321 t re C311 sove vost 1005 Refer to the Service Group text for disassembly 52 215 instructions to sccess this circuit board 1 t 13
88. latch the previous states of the other six bits must be entered in addition to the state of the changed bit In other words it is impossible to enter the state of only one bit in a latch the states for all bits in a latch must be entered Note that in the turn on state of the 35601A the output of each latch bit is zero These states correspond to the switch positions shown in the block diagrams in Section VI and in Figure 1 The states of the switches and relays K s S s amp L s may be changed from those in the block diagrams by loading the appropriate latch number and latch bits as shown in Table A 1 The absolute DAC voltage is programmed with eight separate bits 0 through 7 The sign of the DAC voltage is programmed either positively or negatively by setting high the ap propriate bit The remaining bits set the gains attenuations and lead lag number Again the turn on states for all these bits are zero Appendix 2 Table A 1 Latches and Latch bits for Controlling the hp 35601A Locally SWITCH Function The x s in this column are not don t care 87654321 OXXX0010 OXXX0001 OXXX0001 OXXX0001 OXXX0000 OXXX0000 OXXX0000 OXXX0100 OXXX0100 OXXX0100 OXXX0010 OXXX0010 OXXX0001 OXXX0010 OXXX1001 OXXX0001 OXXX0000 OXXX0000 OXXX0010 OXXX0010 0XXX0011 OXXX0011 OXXX1000 OXXX1001 OXXX1000 OXXX1001 or OXXX1000 OXXX
89. path so the overload circuitry is not needed under these conditions 6 52 2MHz Lowpass Filter Following the 60MHz Lowpass Filter is 2MHz Lowpass Filter which is switched in for phase detector measurement frequencies below 95MHz The 2MHz filter has a complemen tary highpass filter connected in parallel with it power at frequencies over 2MHz is dissipated in R34 The output of the 2MHz Filter is fed to relay in the normal path i e is normally closed and K14B is normally open The signal then goes through K12 to the hp 3585A This path is used for all calibration measurements for Phase Noise and also for Phase Noise measurements when the phase fluctuations are longer 6 53 40dB Amplifier Where greater sensitivity is required in normal operation of the Phase Noise mode the 40dB Amplifier is switched in with K11 and K14 This provides a gain of 100 to the emitter of Q9 Also at this point a 49 90 ohm back match resistor feeds the hp 3585A through K14 and K12 so that the gain into the 500 load is 34dB At the input of the amplifier there is a 1 16 amp fuse F2 This fuse is intended to burn out if a fast large transient is applied A large current will flow through F2 L16 and into the clamp diodes CR11 12 13 and 14 If the transient is sufficiently large and fast the fuse will blow if the transient is not large and fast the overload detector will disconnect the relays as previously discussed and prevent the fuse
90. sequence GET 601TST x RUN E C 3 On the hp 9836 enter the following key sequence LOAD 35601 TEST 1 EXECUTE Model 35601 In a short period of time the computer will display the following prompt 15 THE ET PART OF YOUR SYSTEM This prompt is for the calibration and testing of the instrument using the test system Elec tronic Tool at the factory In response to this prompt press continue Shortly the follow ing prompt will be displayed DO YOU WISH TO TEST THE HIGH FREQ OR LOW FREQ SECTION HF LF When this prompt is displayed the program has been initialized correctly testing adj usting and or troubleshooting may continue from this point 6 8 Selecting a Menu Two menus are available in the hp 35601A test program They correspond to the high frequency section and the low frequency section of the hp 35601A The High Frequency Menu is shown in Table 6 2 Table 6 2 High Frequency Menu of the hp 35601A Test Program hp 9836 hp 9845A Special Special Function Function Perform Tests Automatically sequentially Bypass Path Test 2MHz Lowpass Filter Test x100 Amplifier Test Pads in Tracking Generator Input Path Adaptive Coupler Test Digital to Analog Convertor Test Output Attenuator Test Wein Bridge Oscillator Test 3582 Noise Input to Summing Junction Test Tracking Generator Input to Summing Junction Test
91. service required Include any symptoms or details that may be of help to the service technician Also include your return address the instrument s model number and full serial number In any correspondence identify the instrument by model number and full serial number 2 15 hp Packaging The instrument is best packaged for shipping using a shipping container and packing materials available through and hp Sales Service office A list of hp Sales Service offices is given at the back of this manual Be sure to allow eight to ten centimetres of packaging material on all sides of the instrument and seal the container with strong tape or metal bands Also mark the container FRAGILE to ensure careful handling 2 16 Other Packaging The following general instructions should be used for packaging with commercially available materials U a Wrap the instrument in heavy paper or plastic b Use a strong shipping container A double wall carton made of 115 kilogram 250 pound test material is adequate c Use enough shock absorbing material eight to ten centimetres around all sides of the instrument to provide firm cushion and prevent movement inside the container Protect the front panel with cardboard d Seal the shipping container securely e Mark the shipping container FRAGILE to ensure careful handling Model 35601 Operation SECTION Ill OPERATION 3 1 INTRODUCTION This section contains the opera
92. truth i Figure 5 2 Schematic and Component Locator Figure 5 2 Schematic and Component Locator Revision A 5 5 5 6 Revision A 5 5 5 6 2 amp da A E 7 i Maintenance described herein is performed with power supplied to the instrument and protective covers removed Such maintenance should be performed only by service trained personnel who are aware of the hazards involved for example fire and electrical shock Where maintenance can be performed without power ap plied the power should be removed Model 35601 Service SECTION VI SERVICE 6 1 INTRODUCTION This section contains the information necessary to test troubleshoot and repair the hp 35601A Spectrum Analyzer Interface of the hp 3047A Spectrum Analyzer System Includ ed in this section are the following topics Introduction Safety Considerations Equipment Required Automatic Testing and Adjustments Controlling the hp 3560IA and Service Groups The information in this section is used in conjunction with the hp 35601A test program The hp 35601A test program is a combination of test and adjustments which test various signal paths in the hp 35601A For each test in the hp 35601A test program there is a sec tion in this manual that contains a block diagram of the circuit path under test and addi tional information on the tes
93. y 47 Tu 2 R401 39 4418 840 0303 R317 6 CALO4 8126 1183 8704 HHS 4 28106 28318 aner So t3034 8 51 2 01 1 9703 TP703 t cha teg 4 TIE E 344 s o Cle 811 ZB 1406 o i 8124 m SEET X wre 6 i 6 6K 9105 A3 SCHEMATIC canr MH Ch d 1 416 3193 8125 216 R E 6 8 1 1 Aau 8331 V 8 8334 1 5 8335 1P203 j 3 o cxpa 2 Orsos 8414 8336 i 69 a 0107 12304 12 cis 3 252462 ons 3 1 THEO 18 12307 e 25 4 35 1 0 ses i sv Sv E 1 2 l o 1 1 14 14 1 205 1 5 33 26 S Sv 3 16 HR 503 42 12205 e en mis m C107 R110 c 3 N 43 y 1 9 3 otos ey R232 5 mp urzoma 4 8216 o R400 RAE me E JMPR 13 47 49 a COUNTER 13 COUNTER a 7 10 10892 E 0205 R217 0 OUTPUT SUFFER m 2 3 ry 8 31914 DO On ad 47 E MPR 14 MIXER ORIVER 4 00 6800 8400 08 ON A3 V V v V V Y lt 04 150 lt e i 14MHz VCO h p Part No 35601 66503 4157 sava 4 PHASE DETECTOR tzos c20s gn i BUFFER t 224 4 Vg MOTE
94. 00PF 20 SOVDC CER 28480 0160 4332 A3C103 0160 2331 CAPACITOR FXD 8200PF 1 100UDC MICA 28480 0160 2331 A3C104 0140 0231 CAPACITOR FXD 440PF 1 300VDC MICA 72136 DM1SF441F0300WV1C ASC105 0160 2331 CAPACITOR FXD S200PF 1 100VDC MICA 28480 0160 2331 A3C106 0160 4371 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4571 A3C107 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4571 A3C108 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4371 A3C109 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4571 850110 36289 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20VDC T 1500155 9020 2 A3C111 0160 4371 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4571 12 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4571 A3C113 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4371 A3C11 4 0160 2331 CAPACITOR FXD 8200PF 1 100VDC MICA 28480 0160 2331 115 0140 0231 CAPACITOR FXD 440PF 1 300VDC MICA 72136 DM1SF441F0300UV1C LODEN gt NL th amp 3 116 0160 2331 CAPACITOR FXD 8200PF 1 100VDC MICA 28480 0160 2331 A3C117 0160 4371 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOUDC 28480 0160 4571 A3C118 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4571 A3C119 0160 2331 CAPACITOR FXD 8200PF 1 100UDC MICA 28480 0160 2331 A3C120 0160 2331 CAPACITOR FXD 6200PF 1 100UDC MICA 28480 0160 2331
95. 01 1 sons 100uH 15V 4 301 1319 3205 1 4 ASV 2 gt C332 Refer to Appendix 8 for IC diagrams end truth tables 644 CAPACITORS ARE 1307 RT CUHPANT 33601 Sats Figure 6 23 A3 Power Supply Filters and Control Input Revision A 6 51 6 58 4 mana Model 35601 Service SERVICE GROUP TWO A4 BOARD HIGH FREQUENCY INTERFACING 6 46 INTRODUCTION The main signal path begins at J8 on the front panel 0 40MHz Input Signal It then passes through Relay K2 where an alternate calibration signal can be switched in The main signal then passes through into a coaxial bypass path C5 and C33 are high frequency return loss compensation capacitors Finally the signal goes through K12 to the output connector J5 which goes to the 500 input of the hp 3585A This path is used for direct input to the hp 3585A primarily in the Narrow Band Analysis mode There is a small amount of insertion loss in this path approximately 07dB at low fre quencies increasing to about 4dB at 40MHz The software of the system takes this insertion loss into account by utilizing a power series equation with experimentally determined coeffi cients These coefficients are an average value for all hp 35601A units not for each par ticular unit This direct input path is also used in the Noise Sideband Analysis mode again as a direct in put to the hp 358
96. 01 66501 0 PC ASSEMBLY 28480 81 A1C1 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 20 SOVDC CER 29490 0160 4571 A1C2 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 20 SOVDC CER 28480 0160 4571 61C3 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 20 SOVDC CER 28480 0160 4571 A1C4 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 20 SOVDC CER 28480 0150 4571 AICS 9168 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 20 SOVDC CER 28480 0160 4571 A1C6 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 20 SOVDC CER 28480 0160 4571 oocooo A1C7 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 20 50 0 CER 28480 0160 4571 108 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 20 SOVDC CER 28480 0160 4571 A1C9 0160 4371 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 20 SOVDC CER 28480 0160 4371 A1C10 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 20 SOVDC CER 28480 0160 4571 A1C11 0160 2204 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 5 300UDC MICA 28480 0160 2204 A1Ci2 0160 2204 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 5 300VDC MICA 28480 0160 2204 A1C13 0180 0229 CAPACITOR FXD 33UF 10 2 10UDC TA 56289 1500336 01062 A1C14 0180 0291 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 Z 3500 TA 56289 1500105X9035A2 A1C1S 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 20 SOVDC CER 28480 0160 4571 A1C16 0180 0228 CAPACITOR FXD 22UF 10 15VDC TA 55289 1500225 9015 2 e 1 17 0180 2396 CAPACITOR FXD 10Q0QU
97. 047A after servicing these parts should be used These are illustrated in Figure 2 4 Rack Mount Flanges two required P hp part number 5020 8862 P d 2680 0106 10 32 SCREWS 3050 0007 METAL WASHERS 3050 0248 2510 0193 NYLON WASHERS 8 32 PANHEAD Rear Frame Mounting Bracket P hp part number 03047 04702 Instrument Support Rails two required hp part number 03047 04701 3 Figure 2 4 Mounting Hardware 2 4 Model 35601 Installation 250 V 250 V 250 OPERATION OPERATION OPERATION PLUG SEV 1011 1959 24507 TYP PLUG CEE7 V11 PLUG CEE22 V1 PLUG DHCR 107 CABLE HP 8120 1692 CABLE HP 8120 1860 CABLE HP 8120 2956 CABLE HP 8120 2104 125 V 6A 280 V 250V 6A 125 V 6A OPERATION OPERATION PLUG NEMA 1 15 PLUG NZSS 198 AS C112 PLUG BS 1363A PLUG NEMA G 15P PLUG NEMA 5 16P CABLE HP 8120 0684 CABLE HP 8120 0696 CABLE HP 8120 1703 CABLE HP 8120 0695 HP 8120 1521 5 0 8 4195 Rev The number shown for the plug is the industry identifier for the plug only The nufnber shown for the cable is an HP part number for a complete cable including the plug UL listed for use in the United States of America Figure 2 5 Power Cables 2 9 Power Cable Connection The hp 35601A was installed into the hp 3047A using a three wire power cord hp part number 8120 2307 This is the type of cable tha
98. 0D156X902052 A3C211 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4571 See introduction to this section for ordering information A 4 Indicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Replaceable Parts Cont d HP Part Number Qty Reference Designation Mfr Part Number Description CAPACITOR FXD 13UF 10 20UDC 36289 150D156X902082 212 0180 1746 A3C213 9180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20UDC TA 36289 150D156X9020R2 A3C214 0160 4808 CAPACITOR FXD 470PF 5 100VDC CER 28480 0160 4808 ASC215 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4571 A3C216 0160 0157 CAPACITOR FXD 4700PF 10 200UDC POLYE 28488 0160 0157 A3C217 0160 4371 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4371 QUO uo 0 O A3C218 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 1SUF 10 20UDC TA 36289 1500156 902082 A3C219 0190 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20UDC TA 56289 1500156X7020H2 A3C220 0160 4371 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF S0UDC 28480 0160 4571 A3C223 0160 4532 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 SOVDC CER 28480 0160 4532 63 300 0180 1746 5 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20VDC TA 26289 15001 56X902022 ASC3O1 0180 1744 5 CAPACITOR FXD 1SUF 10Z 20UDC TA 56289 1500155 9020 2 A3C302 0480 1746 5 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10Z 20UDC TA 36209 1500156X9020R2 A3C303 0190 1746 5 C
99. 1 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 24546 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts Mfr Part Number 1015 CB1035 2109 3555 C8272235 C4 1 8 T0 499R F C4 1 8 T0 4705 CR4705 1501 4 1 8 70 4991 4 1 8 0 101 C4 1 8 T0 499R F C4 1 8 T0 3012 F 0678 3228 4 1 8 0 2492 0020 3228 2100 2207 C4 1 8 T0 34R8 F CB1015 C4 1 8 T0 523R F MF 4C01 8 T0 20R0 F 1 8 0 2080 C4 1 8 T0 4715 C54705 CB1035 4715 1035 2268 4 1 8 0 4978 2100 3426 C4 1 8 T0 2801 F C4 1 8 T0 4992 F 2100 3351 C4 1 8 TU 249R F C4 1 8 T0 1131 F C4 1 8 T0 495R F C4 1 8 T0 7501 F C4 1 8 T0 2261 F C4 1 8 T0 665R F C4 1 8 T0 453R F CB3315 5 1 4 TO 866R F CB1025 C4 1 8 T0 43R2 F CB4705 84705 CR4705 4705 CE1035 C4 1 8 T0 43R2 F 55 1 8 70 2185 C4 1 8 T0 47RS F CB2205 2205 CB2205 CB2205 2205 2205 CB2205 2205 2205 CB2205 05 CB2205 CEGESS CB6835 205 2205 CB1035 CB2235 CB4705 4705 4705 84705 C4 1 8 T0 4328 Agit Vin Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Replaceable Parts Cont d HP Part O
100. 1001 OXXX1000 OXXX1001 OXXX1001 OXXX1000 OXXX1000 OXXX0111 OXXX0111 OXXX1001 OXXX0111 OXXX1001 OXXXO1 11 111 111 OXXX1000 OXXX1001 87654321 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1xxxxxAx 1xxxxxxA 1xxxxAxx 1xOxxxxx 1xxxOxxx 1xOxxxxx 1xxx1 xxx 1x1xxxxx 1x1xxxxx 1xxx1 xxx 1xxxxAxx 1 1 1 1xxxxxxA 1 1 1xxxxxxA 1xxxxxAx 1 1 1 1 Function L13 L14 L15 L16 L17 L18 L19 L20 L21 DAC Bits positive negative GAIN1 Bits OXXX1000 OXXX1000 OXXX1000 OXXX0111 OXXX0110 OXXX0110 OXXX0000 OXXX001 1 0 0101 OXXX0100 OXXX0100 OXXX0100 OXXX0101 OXXX0101 OXXX0101 OXXX0101 OXXX0011 OXXX0100 OXXX0101 OXXX0101 OXXX0110 OXXX0110 OXXX0110 OXXX0110 1xxxAxxx 1 xxxxxxA 1xxxxxAx 1 1 1 1xxxxxxA 1xxxxxAx 1xxxxxAx 1xxxxxxA 1 1 1 1
101. 1025 RESISTOR 1K SZ 258 FC 400 600 01121 1025 838354 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K SZ 258 FC TC 400 600 01121 CB1025 38355 0683 1035 1 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 1055 A3R356 0683 2235 3 RESISTOR 22K 53 25W FC TC 400 800 01121 CR2235 038357 0583 4705 RESISTOR 47 5 254 FC TC 400 500 01121 4705 8568358 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K SZ 25M FC TC 400 700 01121 CB4725 ASRS 0683 2025 1 RESISTOR 2K 57 25W FC 400 700 01121 CB2025 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Replaceable Parts Cont d Mfr Code HP Part Number Reference Designation Mfr Part Number Qty Description RESISTOR 47 5 2 38360 0683 4705 FC 400 500 CB470 ASRIG1 0683 4733 RESISTOR 47K 3 254 FC TC 400 800 CB4735 6438352 0683 4735 RESISTOR 47K 259 FC 400 4800 CB4735 838363 0683 1025 RESISTOR 53 25W FC TC 400 600 CB1025 A3R 354 0683 4705 RESISTOR 47 5 25W TC 400 500 4705 RESISTOR 8250 1 A3R365 0757 0441 0757 0441 A3R367 0698 3279 RESISTOR 4 99K 1 0696 3279 ASRI6E 2100 3210 6 RESIS
102. 107 1853 0010 TRANSISTOR FNP SI TO 18 PD 360MU 1853 0010 A3Q200 1854 0019 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360M4 1854 0019 A3Q201 1854 0019 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 FD 360M4 1854 0019 1854 0019 A3Q202 1854 0019 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MU GUN Ol NFO N 439203 1854 0019 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 10 18 PD 360MU 1854 0019 A3Q204 1854 0215 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 350 309 117 203904 654205 1854 0019 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MU 1854 0019 A3Q300 1855 0410 TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE TO 18 SI 1855 0410 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Replaceable Parts Cont d Mfr Code HP Part Reference Number Qty Designation Mfr Part Number Description A30301 1855 0410 0 TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE 10 18 SI 28480 1855 0410 A3Q302 1854 0215 1 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 350 4 FT 300MHZ 04713 2N3904 A3Q303 1854 0019 3 TRANSISTOR NPN 51 0 18 PD 360HMU 28480 1854 0019 830304 1854 0247 9 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 70 39 PD 1W FT 800MHZ 28480 1854 0247 830305 1854 0019 3 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 0 18 PD 3
103. 1121 Ch2245 038317 0583 2245 7 RESISTOR 220K 57 258 FC TC 800 900 01121 CB2245 A3R318 0678 4426 1 RESISTOR 1 58 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 1581 A3R319 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 CE1035 AJRI20 0683 1525 RESISTOR 1 5K 5 25U FC TC 400 700 01121 1525 AJR321 0698 8557 RESISTOR 887K 17 1254 F TC 0 100 28480 0698 8557 ASR322 0693 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5 25 FC TC 400 4700 01121 CB1035 A3R323 0698 4473 RESISTOR 8 06K 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 8061 F A3R324 2100 3252 RESISTOR TRMR SK 10 C TOP ADJ 1 TRN 28480 2100 3252 58325 0683 3335 RESISTOR 33K 57 254 FC TC 400 800 01121 CH3335 ASRI26 0683 2245 RESISTOR 220K 5 25W FC TC 800 900 01121 CB2245 438327 0683 4735 RESISTOR 47K SX 25W FC 400 800 01121 CB4735 A3R328 0683 1545 RESISTOR 150K 5 254 FC TC 800 900 01121 CR1545 RESISTOR 33K 57 25W FC TC 400 800 A3R329 0483 3335 01121 CE3335 SANO DANDO OND w AGRISO 0683 4745 RESISTOR 470K 53 25W FC TC 800 4900 01121 CB4745 38331 0633 2235 RESISTOR 22K 5X 25W 400 000 01121 2235 ASRIZ2 0683 2235 RESISTOR 22K SZ 254 FC TC 400 800 01121 CB2235 038333 0683 4745 RESISTOR 470K 5 25W FC TC 800 900 01121 CB4745 A3R334 068
104. 121 1025 58146 0683 4745 6 RESISTOR 470K SZ 25W FC 800 900 01121 CB4745 A3R200 0583 6833 9 RESISTOR 68K 5 254 FC TC 400 800 01121 C5B6835 ABR201 0683 6835 9 RESISTOR 68K 5 254 FC TC 400 800 01121 CB6835 AJR202 0683 6833 9 RESISTOR 68K 23W FC TC 400 800 01121 CB6835 A3R203 0683 6833 9 RESISTOR 68K SX 25W FC TC 400 800 01121 CB6835 AJR204 0683 1025 9 RESISTOR 1K 57 254 TC 400 600 01121 CB1025 ASR205 0683 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 5 254 FC TC 400 500 01121 CR4705 63R206 0683 6835 9 RESISTOR 68K 527 25W FC TC 400 B00 01121 CB6835 ABR207 0683 4715 0 RESISTOR 470 SZ 25W FC TC 400 600 01121 CB4715 ASR208 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25M FC TC 400 700 01121 4725 8582079 0683 4715 0 RESISTOR 470 SZ 254 FC TC 400 600 01121 4715 ASR210 0683 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 SZ 254 FC TC 400 300 01121 CB47 05 AJR211 0683 4733 4 RESISTOR 47K SZ 254 FC TC 400 800 01121 CB4733 ABR212 0683 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 5 25W FC 400 500 A 01121 CB4705 AZR213 0683 4735 4 RESISTOR 47K 52 258 FC TC 400 800 01121 CB4735 ASR214 0683 6815 5 RESISTOR 680 SZ 254 FC TC 400 600 01121 CB6815 838215 0683 1025 9 RESISTOR 1K 5 254 FC TC 400 600 01121 CB1025 AJR216 0683 6835 RESISTOR 68K 57 25W TC 400 800 01121 CB6835 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Repla
105. 121 CR2035 38300 0683 2425 RESISTOR 2 4K 5 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 2425 838301 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K 5 25W TC 400 600 01121 1025 A3R302 0683 3925 RESISTOR 3 9K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 01121 83925 ASRIO3 0665 4745 RESISTOR 470K SX 25 FC TC 800 900 01121 4745 838304 2100 3214 RESISTOR TRMR 100K 10 C TOP ADJ 1 1RN 28480 2100 3214 A3R305 0698 3179 RESISTOR 2 55 1 125 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 2551 38306 0698 4513 RESISTOR 97 6K 1 125W F 0 100 03838 PMESS 1 8 T0 9762 F 438307 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K 5 254 FC TC 400 600 01121 1025 A3R308 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K 5 254 FC TC 400 600 01121 1025 QS GINGO 00 y 6858309 0683 6835 RESISTOR 68K 5 25W FC TC 400 4000 01121 CR6835 310 0698 4426 RESISTOR 1 58K 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 1581 A3R311 0583 1035 RESTSTOR 10K SZ 254 FC TC 400 700 01121 CE1035 A3R312 0698 4523 RESISTOR 169K 1 125 F TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 1693 A3R313 0698 4525 RESISTOR 187K 1 125 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1873 F ABRI14 0683 1025 9 RESISTOR 1K 5 25W TC 400 600 01121 CB1025 ASR315 0683 4725 2 RESTSTOR 4 7K SZ 25M FC TC 400 700 01121 4725 38316 0683 2245 7 RESISTOR 220K SZ 254 FC TC 800 900 0
106. 264 HEADER 34 28480 1251 7264 A1J5 1231 7264 HEADER 34 28480 1251 7264 6126 1251 3825 CONNECTOR 5 POST 28480 1251 3825 6137 1251 3750 CONNECTOR 10 PIN M POST TYPE 28480 1251 3750 178 1251 3638 CONNECTOR 6 POST TYPE 28480 1251 3638 6129 1251 3825 CONNECTOR 5 POST 28480 1251 3825 FON vr A1L1 9100 3560 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD S 6UH 57 1660 3851 28480 9100 3560 161 0683 1035 1 RESISTOR 10K 5 254 TC 400 4700 01121 CR1035 AIR 0683 1035 1 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W TC 400 700 01121 CB1035 AIRI 0683 1815 5 RESISTOR 180 5 25W TC 400 600 01121 CR1815 AIR4 0683 1325 2 RESISTOR 1 3K 57 25 FC TC 400 700 01121 CB1325 AIRS 0683 1325 2 RESISTOR 1 3K 5 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 CB1325 AIRS 0683 1325 RESISTOR 1 3K 5Z 25W FC 400 700 01121 1 325 8187 0683 1325 RESISTOR 1 3K 5 25W TC 400 700 01121 525 AIRB 0683 1325 RESISTOR 1 3K 5 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 CB1325 A1R9 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1002 F AIR1O 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1002 F A1R11 0683 6833 RESISTOR 68K 5 254 FC TC 400 800 01121 6835 AIR12 0683 4735 RESISTO
107. 3 2110 0384 A4FS 2110 0384 6 FUSE 062 125V 281X 093 2110 0384 2110 0384 FUSE 0626 125U 281X 093 2110 0384 1250 0643 CONNECTOR RF BNC SGL HOLE RR 50 A4J1 1250 0643 422 1250 0643 CONNECTOR RF SGL HOLZ RR 50 OHM 1250 0643 473 1250 0643 CONNECTOR RF BNC FEM SGL HOLE RR 50 0 0 1250 0643 476 1250 0643 CONNECTOR RF BNC FEM SGL HOLE RR 50 OHM 1250 0643 A4J 1230 0643 CONNECTOR RF ENC FEM SCL HOLE RR S0 OHM 1250 0643 1250 0643 478 1250 0543 CONNECTOR RF FEM SGL HOLE RR 50 44179 1250 0643 CONNECTOR RF FEM SGL HOLE RR 50 0 1250 0643 44710 1250 1255 CONNECTOR SMB ST JK 1250 1255 4711 1250 1255 CONNECTOR SMB ST JK 1250 1255 44712 1250 1707 CONNECTOR RF 1250 1707 1251 3825 1251 5491 CONNECTOR 5 M POST TYPE CONNF CTOR 25 F POST TYPE 1251 3925 1231 5491 64313 A4J14 VLIVY 0490 1318 RELAY 2C 12VDC COIL 5A 28VDC 4 1 0490 1318 0490 1318 RELAY 2C 12VDC COIL 5A 28VDC 0480 1318 AAKI 0490 0916 RELAY REED 1A 500 100 SVDC COTL 0470 0916 AAKA 0490 0916 RELAY REED 14 500 100VDC SUDC COIL 0470 0216 AAKS 0490 1287 RELAY REED 0490 1287 0490 0916 RELAY REED 14 500 100VDC SUDC COIL 0490 0916
108. 3 3923 RESISTOR 3 9K 53 25 FC TC 400 700 01121 CB3925 A3R335 0757 0444 RESISTOR 12 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1212 F ASRI36 0699 5187 RESISTOR 866K 1 1254 TC 0 100 28480 0678 5187 38338 0683 2245 RESISTOR 220K SZ 254 FC TC 800 4900 01121 2245 ASR 339 0683 4735 RESISTOR 47K 53 25W FC TC 400 800 01121 CB4735 AR 340 0683 2245 RESISTOR 220K 5 25W FC TC 900 900 01121 CB2245 IU A3R341 0683 2235 RESISTOR 22K 57 25W FC TC 400 800 01121 CB2235 38342 0683 2235 RESISTOR 22K 5 254 FC TC 400 800 01121 2239 38343 0683 3925 RESISTOR 3 9K 5 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 CB3925 838344 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K SZ 254 FC TC 400 600 01121 1025 838345 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K SZ 25W TC 400 700 01121 CB1035 ASR346 0683 4735 RESISTOR 47K 5 25W FC TC 400 800 01121 CB4735 A3R347 0583 6835 RESTSTOR 6BK SZ 254 FC TC 400 800 01121 CB6835 838348 0683 4703 RESISTOR 47 53 254 TC 400 4500 01121 CB4705 ASR349 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K 5 25W TC 400 600 01121 1025 ASRISO 0683 4705 RESISTOR 47 3 2254 FC TC 400 4500 01121 CB4705 VODNO 51 0683 2235 RESISTOR 22K SX 25W TC 4007 800 01121 CB2235 ABRIS2 0683 4735 RESISTOR 47 5 254 FC TC 400 800 01121 4735 AJRISI 0683
109. 3 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 SZ 25W FC TC 400 500 01121 CH4705 38112 0683 4735 RESISTOR 47K SZ 25W FC TC 400 4800 01121 4735 38113 0683 3335 8 RESISTOR 33K 5 25W FC 400 800 01121 CB3335 ASRI14 0757 0427 0 RESISTOR 1 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24346 C4 1 8 T0 1501 F A3R115 0757 0280 3 RESISTOR 1K 12 125 F TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 1001 ABR116 0683 2225 3 RESISTOR 2 2K SZ 258 FC TC 400 700 01121 CB2225 A3R117 0633 6823 7 RESISTOR 6 8K 57 25W 1C 400 700 01121 CB6825 6838118 0683 6823 7 RESISTOR 6 6 523 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 CB6825 632119 0683 2225 3 RESISTOR 2 2 5X 25 FC 400 700 01121 2225 456120 0683 1025 9 RESISTOR 1K Sz 25W FC TC 400 600 01121 CB1025 A3R121 0683 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 57 25W TC 400 500 01121 CB4705 AJR122 0683 4723 2 RESISTOR 4 7 57 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 CB4725 AJR123 0683 2223 3 RESISTOR 2 2 5 25 FC TC 400 700 01121 25 436124 0683 6825 7 RESISTOR 6 8K SZ 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 CB6825 AJR12S 0683 6823 7 RESISTOR 4 8K 5 25 FC TC 400 700 01121 CB6S25 A38R126 0683 2225 3 RESISTOR 2 2 52 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 225 A3R127 0757 0410 1 RESISTOR 301 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 301R F A3JR128 0699 4429 4 RESISTOR 1 87 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1871 F
110. 322 1103 0 9 m t315 cr 1 de 2225 m AE gt 5 25 pm g 2 en Wen 3 e t 3 8 T 4 2 1 x 4 prul 1 2 vsortio LOCK DETECTOR SV a i p H LOW PASS FILTER ADAPTIVE COUPLER a E X B npn AT SE 8303 2 3 15 1 i A NE uF 46 i 80KHz LPF TIN a T uv 0L LOS 6426 187 11 134 n 41 27 208 t p geseh P2SuH i 7 E tisk 00 D 9 E ZERO 2157 PN t offset PM AC DC H mr caza dE i s h p Part 35601 66503 n Asa 1 o FNG 14418 1439 14203 18444 8340 100997 ps 3 2 5 pace Ts i 1 1 476 z i wa m In order for waveshapes to be valid 1 13 must be tse vx AM M driven high itum on state is low This is done be most easily using SWITCH See paragraph 71 on 1 8 28 for instructions on using SWITCH e 5 4 2 wr tora V Tee i BL H 2 Te ais f 20 i 914 a Refer to the Service Group text for disassembly vane mo BT ina gt instructions to access this circuit board 4 l t 2 BOTE i US en ee TT 1888 BY HEMET ERRORS Co 7 7 71800 Refer to Appendix B for IC diagrams and
111. 4 protect the regulator ICs LEDs CR15 CR17 indicate that the supplies are working 6 77 Start up of the A1 Board When the power supply is turned on C14 will charge slowly through R11 This forces the reset line to remain low for a period of time allowing the board to preset R11 and R12 determine the final voltage at the input of U4A C13 and CR6 force C14 to discharge quickly when the power is removed 6 78 Local Operation SW3 determines the latched data as well as the latch number The most significant bit of SW3 determines whether the other bits of SW3 comprise data or a latch number When SW3 bit 8 is open i e a logic level of 1 SW3 is in the data mode when bit 8 is closed 0 SW3 determines the latch number SW1 determines whether U17 U18 and U19 select data from SW3 or the HP IB For manual operation SW1 must be closed When SW3 bit 8 is closed closing SW2 generates a latch pulse that controls 017 019 U28C and 9220 This latches the latch number set by SW3 bits 7 through 1 into U17 The output of U17 is then decoded by U16 and U15 to select the correct latch to send the data pulse to A data pulse is generated when SW3 bit 8 is open and SW2 is closed it is sent to the appropriate latch via U19 U22 and 016 U15 The latch number is displayed by 2 5 Refer to the Appendix at the end of this manual for detailed information on operating the hp 35601A locally 6 79 Remote Operation The latch port
112. 40 0144 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7UH 10 105DX 26LC 28480 9140 0144 See introduction to this section for ordering information 4 12 Indicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Replaceable Parts Cont d HP Part Mfr Number 0 Reference m Designation Qty Description Mfr Part Number 41 31 7140 9144 0 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 714 10 1050X 26LC 29480 7140 0144 AALI2 9140 0144 0 INDUCTOR RF CH ML D 4 7UH 10 105DX 261 6 20480 7140 0144 A4L 33 9140 0144 0 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7UM 107 105DX 241 G 28480 9140 0144 AALS4 7140 0144 G INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 70 10 1050X 26LG 23480 7140 0144 A41 35 9140 0144 0 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 74 10 1050X 261 G 28480 7130 0144 A4L36 7140 0144 0 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7UH 10 105DX 24LG 28480 7140 0144 A41 37 9140 0144 0 TNDUCTOR RF CH MLD 3 7011 10 105DX 241 6 23480 9140 0144 44038 7140 0144 0 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7ud 10 105DX 241 6 28480 7140 0144 641 39 9140 0144 0 INDUCTOR RF CH MUD 4 7011 10 105DX 24LG 28480 7140 0144 64140 9140 0144 0 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7UH 10 105DX P6LG 29490 9140 0144 A4L41 2140 0144 9 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7Ull 10 1050K 26L6 28480 7140 0144 AAL42 9148 0144 0 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 701 10 1050 241 28480 7140 0144 AALAZ
113. 47 57 25W FC 400 500 RESISTOR 47 5 258 FC TC 400 7 500 RESTSTOR 4 79 17 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 1254 F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 499 12 1 5W F 1 04 100 RESISTOR 30 1K 1 125 F TC 0 100 RESTSTOR 49 9K 17 1254 TC 0 190 RESISTOR 24 9K 12 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 49 9K 1 1254 F 0 130 RESISTOR TRMR SK 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 RESTSTOR 34 8 1 123W F 04 100 RESISTOR 100 5 254 FC TC 400 500 RESISTOR 523 17 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 20 12 125W 04 100 RESTSTOR 20 1 1254 F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 226 1 123U F TC 0 100 RESTSTOR 470 5X 254 400 609 RESISTOR 47 5 254 FC TC 400 500 RESTSTOR 10K SZ 254 FC TC 400 700 RESISTOR 470 54 2aSW FC TC 400 600 RESTSTOR 10K 5 25W FC TC 400 700 RESISTOR 499 12 125 F TC 0 100 RESTSTOR TRMR 20 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 2 8K 1 1254 0 100 RESISTUR 49 9 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 500 102 SJDE ADJ 1 TRN RESTSTOR 249 1 1254 TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 13 1 1254 TC 0 100 RESTSTOR 499 1 123W F 0 100 RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125 F 0 100 RESTSTOR 2 26K 1 1254 F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 665 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESTSTOR 453 1X 123N F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 330 5 25 FC TC 400 600 RESTSTOR 866 1 25U T1C 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 5 25 FC TC 400 600 RESISTOR 43 2 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 47 32 25W FC TC 400 300 RESTSTOR 47 52 254 FC 400 500 RESISTOR 47 53
114. 480 1791 0050 ASCR13 1901 0050 DIODE SWITCHING 80 200MA ANS DO 35 20410 1901 0050 ASCR14 1701 0050 DIODE SWITCHING BOV 200MA 2NS 20 35 28480 1791 0050 ASCR1S 1901 0050 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA ANS 20 55 28480 1701 0050 lol 6l 6i DUNN ASCR16 1901 0050 DIODE SWITCHING HDV 200MA 2NS 20 35 23480 1701 0050 ASCR17 1901 0050 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS 20 55 28400 1701 0050 ASCR18 1901 0050 DIODE SWIICHING 800 200MA ONS 00 35 23480 1791 0050 1251 6900 5 CONNECTOR 2S PIN MALE 26480 1231 6900 572 1231 5722 7 CONNECTOR 50 POST 20480 1251 5722 ASJ3 1251 7269 1 8 MALE 26480 1251 7269 5174 1251 6429 3 CONNECTOR 3 PIN POST 28480 1751 6429 ASIS 12350 1253 1 CONNECTOR RF SMR M PC S0 OHM 28480 1250 1235 556 6577 CONNECTOR RF SMB M PC 50 OHM CONNECTOR RF SME PC 50 0HM 20480 28480 ASQI TRANSTSTOR PNP 51 10 18 PD 260MU 28480 1553 0010 ASQ TRANSISTOR PNP ST TO 18 PD 360MM 22420 1853 0010 ASQI 1854 0071 TRANSISTOR NPN 51 PD 300MW FT 200MHZ 20480 1854 0071 ASR 0757 5 RESISTOR 475 1 125V 0757 0415 ASR2 0757 0401 RESTSTOR 100 1 1254 F 1C 0 130 24546 C4 1 8 T0 191 F ASRI 0698 4296 RESISTOR 9 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 53980 F ASR4 0598 4490 RESISTO
115. 5 3 448 0683 6835 RESISTOR 68 5 0683 6835 A3R449 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1000 5 125V 0683 1025 A3R450 0683 4715 RESISTOR 470 5 125W 0683 4715 A3R451 2100 3214 RESISTOR VAR 100K 1 2100 3214 4367 0683 1035 1 RESISTOR 10K 57 25W FC TC 400 700 CB1035 A3R700 0683 4705 8 RESTSTOR 47 5 254 FC 400 500 CB4705 A3R701 0683 4715 0 RESISTOR 470 52 25 FC TC 400 600 CB4715 ABR702 0683 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 5 25 FC TC 400 500 CB4705 8428703 0683 4715 0 RESISTOR 470 SZ 25W FC TC 400 600 CB4715 A3R704 0603 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 57 25W FC TC 400 4500 C84705 705 0683 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 5X 23M TC 400 500 CB4705 A3R706 0683 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 57 25 FC TC 400 500 CB4705 A3R707 0683 2015 9 RESISTOR 200 5 254 FC TC 400 600 2015 A3R708 0583 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 254 TC 400 500 84705 A3R709 0683 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 57 25 FC TC 400 500 CB4705 A3R710 0683 2015 9 RESTSTOR 200 3 23W FC 400 600 CB2015 38711 0683 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 5 25M FC TC 400 500 CB4705 437701 9100 3262 5 TRANSFORMER RANSFORMER TORDILAL PULSE 9100 3262 703 9100 3262 5 TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMER TOROIDAL PULSE 9100 3262 See introduction to this section for ordering information 4 10 Indicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Replaceable Parts Cont d HP Part Number Reference Designation Mfr Part Number Qty Description 00
116. 5 100UDC CER 20480 0160 4822 0160 4822 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 5 1004DC CER 28480 0160 4822 0160 4819 CAPACITOR FXD 2200PF 5 100UDC CER 8480 0160 4819 0160 0300 CAPACITOR FXD 2700PF 10 200VDC POLYE 28480 0160 0300 0160 4820 CAPACITOR FXD 1800PF 5 100YDC CER 28480 0160 4820 0160 4808 CAPACITOR FXD 470PF S 100UDC CER 28480 0160 4808 0160 4919 CAPACITOR FXD 2200PF 5 100UDC CER 28480 0160 4819 0160 4819 CAPACITOR FXD 2200PF 5 100VDC CER 28480 0160 4819 0160 0127 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 25 CER 26480 0160 0127 0180 0228 CAPACTTOR FXD 22UF 10 15UDC 36289 150 226 901582 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 20 SOVDC CER 28488 0160 4571 0180 1702 CAPACITOR FXD 130UF 20 6UDC 70289 1500187X0006R2 NOP NAOUN NNDBSO Dan m 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20UDC TA 56289 150D156X9020n2 0160 4793 CAPACITOR FXD 6 8PF 5 F 100UDC CER 28460 0160 4793 0160 4383 CAPACITOR FXD 6 8PF SPF 200UDC CER 20932 3024 0200806890 0160 3787 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 SOVDC PDLYC 28480 0160 3787 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 13UF 10 20UDC TA 26289 150D156x9020Ke 0180 1746 5 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20UDC 56289 1500156902082 0180 1746 5 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20UDC TA 56289 150D156X9020R2 0180 1746 5 CAPACITOR FXD 150 10 Z0VDC TA
117. 5 RESTSTOR 100K 12 125W F T1C 0 100 24546 4 1 8 TI 1003 F ASRI 0757 0454 RESISTOR 33 2K 1 1254 TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 3 22 5 40 0757 0465 RESTSTOR 100K 12 125W F TC 0 100 24545 4 1 8 0 1003 ASR41 0757 0465 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1003 F 24546 C4 1 8 TO 3322 F ASR42 0757 0454 RESISTOR 33 2K 1 1254 F TC 0 100 5Og0o0 CUDO y 656843 0757 0465 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24746 C4 1 8 T0 1003 F ASR44 0483 2235 RESISTOR 22K 5 25W FC TC 400 800 01121 cu2235 ASRAS 0683 2235 RESISTOR 22K 5 258 FC TC 400 800 01121 6 2255 AGRA 0683 4735 RESTSTOR 47K 5 25 FC TC2 400 4800 01121 CB4735 65847 0683 2215 RESISTOR 220 Sz 25W FC TC 400 600 01121 15 ASRAB 0683 2215 RESISTOR 220 57 25W TC 400 46530 01121 CB2215 495649 0757 0435 RESISTOR 3 92K 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 3921 F ASRSO 0498 3158 RESISTOR 23 7K 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 2372 ASRSI 0698 4430 RESISTOR 1 91 12 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1911 F 24546 C4 1 8 T0 2002 F ASRS2 757 0449 RESTSTOR 20K 1 12950 F TC 0 100 85853 0757 0465 RESISTOR 100K 1 125U F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1003 F ASRS4 0698 4539 RESISTOR 402K 1 125 F TC 0 100 28480 0498 4539 ASRSS 0698 7332 RESTSTOR 1M 1 1254 F 04 100 2
118. 50 370 111 won Ut 20 mixen CCHNECIED TO OVEALDAO AND GUT LOCK FLIP FLOPS Sr AS BOARD Figure 6 3 ACTIVATED KU 4513 NAVE SELECTED THe CORRE 143 M ste 2 ee Fuge grex ERU 000 a a se e oma M ONEN Stt TURNS OFF K1 10 811 amp KIZI Tas EJ E LIP FLOP NETER ONVEATOR a AS Q sun ias 21 36 100 iia qe IBTECAATOR JUNCTION am Loup Step Steps ar 88 P e n A 9 4X5 T uon CHANNEL SUITCHABLE LPF 85601 80 100 Amplifier Test M M7 m PUASE LOCRED LOOP 1 LOCHED KIO 6 93 ARE 4 X ee i RA 714 SHASEZCOPRES L_j LOOP CONTROL YOLTAEE_OUTPU SIK x100 An plifier Test 6 11 6 12 6 12 Pads in Tracking Generator Input Path Test This test checks the circuits in the signal path shown in Figure 6 4 If the previous tests h
119. 532 0160 4532 1 CAPACITOR FXD 1099PF 20 SIVDC CER 28480 0169 4532 0160 4332 1 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 SOVDC CER 23480 0160 4532 0150 4532 1 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 SOVDC CER 28480 9169 4532 0180 1746 3 CAPACITOR FXD 1SUF 10 20UDC TA 56289 1500156 9020 2 0160 4532 1 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 SOVDC LER 28480 0169 4532 0160 4532 0160 4532 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 SOVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1030PF 20 SOVDC ES 28430 28480 0160 4332 0150 4532 wb 1701 0050 1701 0058 DIODE SWITCHING RAV 200MA 2 5 00 35 DIODE SWITCHING GOV 200MA 2 5 00 35 28420 28480 1901 0050 1201 0050 1250 1611 CONNECTOR RF SMG 28486 1250 1611 1250 1611 CONNECTOR RF SMB 8480 1250 1611 1250 1611 CONNECTOR RF SMA 28430 1250 1611 1250 1611 CONNECTOR RF SMX 28430 1250 1611 1251 6428 CONNECTOR 5 PIN MALE 28480 1251 6428 D 0490 0916 RELAY REED 14 500 100 SUDC COIL 20489 0490 0916 9140 0144 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7UH 10 105DX 26LC 22480 9140 0144 9140 0144 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7 10 105DX 26LG 20480 9140 0144 7140 0144 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7UH 10 105DX 26LG 28480 9140 0144 9140 0144 INDUCTOR RF CH MI D 4 7UH 10 105DX 261 6 23480 9140 9144 9140 0144 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7U
120. 55A for adjustment of 4 51 A4R70 Adjustment son TERMINATION NOTE Turn off hp 3455A for adjustment of A4R70 A4R67 Adjustment R51 R70 R67 FRONT PANEL A4 BOARD A5 BOARD hp 35601 CHASSIS Adjustment locations bottom view of hp 35601A OSCILLOSCOPE Example Wave Shapes A4R51 Adjustment Sweep 005 61 Ch A mV div Center Screen Ground AARTO Adjustment Sweep 10mS div Ch A tV div Cemer Screen Ground NOTE lt may be necessary to vary the de offset of the oscilloscope to accurately adjust A4R70 4 18 OLTEETOR VCO CONTROL VOLTAGE ann lusena neri l usen ven Board 4 HIGH FREQUENCY 44 nr R13 2 miz FILTER USED FOR CARRIER FRTO CHIH gt Ep 2 salu GAIN t 6 LAC LEAD 024 21474 NETWORK 1 1 WEIN BRIOCE i 10 ans A USt 1 6Hz GUT F LOEK yo FLIP FLOP OSCILLATION Lac LEAS DETECTOR sa 4 a 5 3383 TRACKING CEM m Guteul TO 388 NE OUTPUT TO 3503A 0 1 A A e A A SE SYNTHESIZER pease ar Yum AAC ACTIVATED FOR LOW FRED reseed 9 in 5 wrote 32 e MIXER xo KHz 3
121. 5A In this operating mode the insertion loss of the path is not critical to the accuracy of the measurement so no compensation is made for the insertion loss 6 47 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE A4 BOARD 6 48 Input Mixers The inputs used for high frequency Phase Noise measurements are either of two high fre quency doubly balanced mixers Ul or U2 Ul is preceded by coupling capacitors C1 C4 on each of its two inputs The capacitors protect the mixer against large DC and low frequency signals The IGHz to 18GHz mixer has internal coupling capacitors to provide the same kind of protection 6 49 One Pole Lowpass Filter The output of either mixer is selected by K13 This signal or the signal routed from an exter nal phase detector or frequency discriminator through J8 is selected by Kl and routed into the one pole lowpass filter This filter has a cutoff frequency of about 200MHz the filter has a 509 input impedance at all frequencies In other words power at frequencies above 200MHz is dissipated by the resistors in the filter 6 50 60MHz Lowpass Filter The next circuit block is a 60MHz Butterworth Lowpass Filter which has a 500 input im pedance at all frequencies A highpass filter with complementary characteristics is connected in parallel with the low pass filter to provide the constant resistance Power at frequencies above 60MHz is dissipated in the 470 resistor R20 6 59 Service 651 Overload Detector
122. 6 648 POD gt 83 5 157 1248 AMP 6 21 as M a 1 Sy DETECTOR 143 4 P5 4122 or LAG LEAD NETWORK 33 U6 t USb 22 gt i Use MG ud NO u 101 1 6 Sor ss Use 16 23 n 19 us 31 e var Sse 43 Hu BS iB FRON Ly MO R8 0 56 D 1 3 v 1161 48 H 9106 19 EY 3 Utoe HE uie 13 Hi vr du vov 4 Tos 07161 v or Ta i n ts 12 d 5 1 1 uan Use i 16 15 m TPIS 15V K 15V Ts On cea 15 oV DIGITAL TO ANALDG CONVERTOR LO n OUT OF LOCK FLIP FLOP EIS 3 c19 amp 45 lx 3 21 A 4 2 2 8 880 84 nl 1 i NER 3 92 a 879 aS glk ina 1 1 10K V Sl 7 7 850 1 4 ch 23 7K 15 C21 877 1 1914 e 47 T 2 268 217 yf 45 15V 876 AOA d H Store AL Sir t A 45854 pte a 1 MEM atten e 0 OR 648 PAD TPS Ed RHC PER i R28 3582 DO VIA AS A95 5 9 76k 0 2048
123. 60M4 28480 1854 0019 A3Q306 1854 0215 1 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 350 FT 300MHZ 04713 2N3904 A3Q307 1853 0010 2 TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO 10 PD 360MW 28480 1853 0010 830700 1853 0010 2 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 18 PD 360HhU 28480 1853 0010 826701 1853 0010 2 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 10 18 PD 360Mu 28480 1853 0010 A3Q702 1853 0010 2 TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO 18 PD 360hU 28480 1853 0010 A30703 1853 0010 2 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 0 18 PD 360MW 28480 1853 0010 830704 1853 0910 2 TRANSISTOR PNP 51 TO 18 PD 360MU 23480 1853 0010 A3Q705 1853 0010 2 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 0 18 PD 360MU 28480 1853 0010 3R29 0678 4435 2 RESISTOR 2 49K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 2491 828100 0683 3925 2 RESISTOR 3 9K SZ 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 CB3925 A3R101 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 CB4725 A3R102 0683 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 Sx 25W FC TC 400 4500 01121 CB4705 A3R103 0583 6835 9 RESISTOR 60K SZ 25 FC TC 400 800 01121 CB6835 amp 3R104 0603 3335 8 RESISTOR 33K 5 25W FC TC 400 800 01121 3335 638105 0698 4428 3 RESISTOR 1 69K 1 125W 04 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1691 F 838106 0683 4735 4 RESISTOR 47K 5 25W FC TC 400 800 01121 CB4735 A3R107 0683 3335 8 RESISTOR 33K 5 25W FC TC 400 800 01121 83335 A3R108 0683 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 57 25W FC TC 400 500 01121 CE4705 A3R10 0683 3925 2 RESISTOR 3 7K 5X 25W FC 400 700 01121 CB3925 A3R110 0698 3445 2 RESISTOR 348 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 348R F A3R111 068
124. 6420 0676 7332 ASRS6 0698 7332 RESISTOR 1M 12 125W F TC D 100 28480 0598 7332 gt gt 4 0 mr 45857 0737 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 10 2 ASRS8 0698 3264 RESISTOR 11 8K 1 0698 3204 15859 0698 4484 RESISTOR 19 1 1 0698 4484 ASR60 0757 0465 RESTSTOR 100K 12 1250 F 1 0 108 24546 4 1 8 0 1005 ASR61 0757 0465 RESISTOR 100K 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1003 F 24546 C4 1 8 T0 2492 F RESISTOR 24 9K 1 1254 F TC 0 190 ASREZ 0698 4486 ASR63 0757 0465 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1003 F ASRGA 0678 3215 RESTSTOR 499K 1 1254 F 1C 0 100 28480 9678 3215 5665 0757 0465 RESISTOR 100K 1 125U F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TC 1003 F ASR66 0757 0465 RESTSTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1003 F ASR 67 0698 3228 RESISTOR 49 9 1 1254 TC 0 100 26480 0678 3228 ASR68 0757 0472 RESTSTOR 200K 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 2003 F ASR69 0583 2215 RESISTOR 220 5 254 FC TC 400 600 01121 215 ASR69 0498 3486 RESTSTOR 232 1 1254 TC 0 100 24346 C4 1 8 T0 232R F ASR70 0757 0280 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 1001 C4 1 8 TO 1001 F 0757 0280 RESTSTOR 1 1254 F TC 0 100 5 71
125. 687 HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY _ 73550 GA Figure 6 30 Schematic and Chmponent Locator i 6 83 6 84 i E i e ut PT e Model 35601 Service SERVICE GROUP SIX A7 BOARD ARMSTRONG MODULATOR 6 84 DESCRIPTION OF THE A7 BOARD One input to the Armstrong Modulator is a 10dBm 10MHz which comes from the A6 board 10MHz Switching The output of the Armstrong Modulator is either AM modulated 10MHz or PM modulated 10MHz The modulating signal is the hp 3582 noise source which has a flat frequency response to 25kHz Upon entering the A7 board the 10MHz is quadrature split into two signals One 10MHz signal drives the mixer while the other 1OMHz signal goes through a 29dB pad to a power combiner The other input to the Armstrong Modulator is the hp 3582 noise source this source can be DC offset The output of the mixer can then be selected as the output of the A7 board The output of the mixer can also be fed to the power combiner and summed with the 90 degree shifted 10MHz In this case the output of the power combiner is the output of the A7 board If a PM spectrum is desired using a 10M Hz source the following happens 10MHz ini tially goes through the 90 degree power splitter One of the 10M Hz signals goes through the doubly balanced mixer and is mixed with the hp 3582 noise source The suppressed carrier output of the mixer is summed with a 90 degrees phase shifted carr
126. 78 RESISTOR 407 1X 1254 0 100 24546 4 1 8 10 487 F F F F RESISTOR 249 1 1254 F TC 0 100 F F F F ASRZ1 0757 0418 RESTSTOR 619 1 1254 TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 6198 C4 1 8 T3 3011 F RESISTOR 3 01 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 ASR22 0757 0273 ASR23 0698 7332 RESISTOR 1M 1 125 F TC 0 100 298484 0 7 2 5 24 0698 3492 RESISTOR 2670 1 125W 0698 3492 2432 F ASR2S 0698 4543 RESISTOR 487K 1 1254 F 0 100 29480 0676 4543 ASR26 0737 0449 RESISTOR 20K 1 125 F TC 0 190 24346 C4 1 8 T0 2002 F RESJSTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1062 F 0757 0442 ASR27 Woo OU NO OO ASR2B 0698 3279 RESISTOR 4 79 1 125W F 0 100 24744 4 1 8 70 4 991 ASR29 0698 4435 RESISTOR 2 49K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 2491 F ASR30 0698 3279 RESISTOR 4 99K 1 0698 3273 ASR31 0757 0273 RESISTOR 3 01 1 0757 0273 ASR32 0757 0280 RESISTOR 1000 1 125W 0757 0280 ASR33 0737 0200 RESISTOR 1000 1 125W 0757 0280 ASR34 0698 8827 RESISTOR 1 125V 0698 8827 58 35 0757 0200 RESISTOR 1000 1 125W 0757 0280 ASRI6 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K 5 254 FC 400 4000 01121 CE1 025 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K 5 25 FC 400 600 01121 C1025 ASRI ASR38 0757 046
127. 9 0204 A i 15V v 4 7K 1 SH fy ae Te Deu mn HE d aw Tes sg S A 03 30 R234 1203 45 soy 4 1210 20 o E a 9 2 8336 8357 8364 95940 2 o en a i AE e Ted De m 3 fel 4 SWITCHABLE LPF mss Kerze a 0 50 E Sa 8 wa ES 00 06 120 0402 o 2 v 2 02 10 4418 wea R236 SOKHz LPF er 4 ean e 201 wis o isn Hash cage 640 caz 28 4 40 o 1P 02 Re44 311 Qr Og canst carol 45 ra 8349 an 068 T diS 2 ru PD en 300 2 7 393 M i i 13 cum E sr 28 m BEE f z z CO2 2410 t301 gt 9302 EU 401 HE 101 34 hate C401 cao 9 35 ee AYE ME esor a2 039 082 t404 R438 302 87995 3 ans oe A UR 8 ur 401 ig RAT o 1308 1 20405 8416 9 HIE 1405 21433 El 1303 TE E 50216 05 406 H neos enses t 4408 D418 2 _ 4 i u 96 ai E a
128. A it operates the Out of Lock indicator on the front panel In addition U11A closes U17D to short the capacitor of the Integrator The output of UIIA is then inverted with U8D this line controls U17D and can be clamped to ground by Q3 This is done by the same line that controls U7B which closes phase lock loop If the phase locked loop is open the control line feeding U7B is high This causes Q3 to saturate and guarantees that the integrating capacitor is always shorted by U17D Then if the soft ware toggles the flip flop UIA the Out of Lock light will be out yet the integrating capacitor will be shorted This permits the meter to read correctly when there is no phase locked loop The meter then indicates the quadrature on the input mixers by a reading of zero 6 73 Digital to Analog Converter The D to A converter U1 takes its inputs directly from the HP IB Control board A1 The output is converted from current to voltage by U12A U12B inverts this signal U17A and U17B select a positive or negative voltage to be connected to the summing node of U19A REMOVING THE A5 BOARD FOR SERVICING When servicing is required the 5 board may be accessed by following these procedures 1 Remove the trim strips from the top and bottom of the front panel frame 2 Remove the retaining screws for the front panel these are normally hidden by the trim strips The front panel assembly should now be easily removable the various c
129. A A ES E a EN hp 3S601A 106 Band Pass Filter Shape 1105 m IME CORRECT Input PATA uni 1 hp 35601A ASTP106 Band Pass Filter Shape 5 NAVE BLEN SET NID WAN USER OSEILLATONS A4 Frequency A ARE L106 PHASE LOCKED LOCA H E pe ees e ED bo oo 1 1 T 10 2 Vas PHASE LOtKED LOOP CONTROL 1 i 1 1 inj O i lt 8 0 wae PUTS ONE SET TURNS i i 6 CFF 84 616 541 4 KIZ i Ce du Zu m 999 gt cu dk 9 p OVERLOAD nt OVERLOAS 4 TP10 Ne 7 0 sE amp X e DETECTER 3 pes LIP FLOP OMVERTOR T i 34 5 1 ES 5 1 6 i E N 1109 1225 Y O m u fg 2 AE B a 1 1 1 NEC OMM 4 40 cs A i ee i ete BE a vc F al sunning og 9 02 EL 5 ee BENE rm s Sweep 10m8 div 1 T 55 2 I 1 PAD Me 2 asm une 3 T _ ChA 05V div dc Coupled Cha dc 1102 5 5 amp qu 1 5 PAD 1 4 STEPS NETWORK Screen Ground Screen Ground Bs
130. AC steps to various values with lt 100mv error the circuits are considered functional The program prints the results of the test Initializing the Test With the High Frequency Menu displayed press SFK to initialize the test After in itialization follow the instructions displayed on the computer What if ths Test Fails Assuming that the correct digital control is provided for the DAC the most probable cause for not Junction Use the SWIT being able to make this adjustment is failure of the DAC or failure of the Summing subprogram to vary the voltage output of the DAC the measured voltage of the IMO OUTPUT TO 3585A should vary accordingly while doing this If no voltage change occurs use a probe and a voltmeter to see if the DAC voltage will change at the DAC operational amplifier output If it does the problem is in the Summing Junction or the signal path following the DAC output If no voltage change occurs at the output of the DAC i e across pins 1 and 7 of 1012 while varying its digital input with SWITCH then the problem is in the DAC Refer to Service Group Three for schematics component locators and circuit descriptions Equipment Set Up gr m t zb as h p Part No 35501 66303 Top of hp 35601A gorrtuto 10 eb 6 219 4 CONTRUL VOLTAGE u
131. APACITOR FXD 1SUF 10 20UDC 36289 130D156X9020H2 A3C304 0160 3563 6 CAPACITOR FXD 10UF 4 5 50007 MET POLYC 28480 0160 3563 0160 4846 0160 3563 AJCI06 ASC307 CAPACITOR 1500 50 AMT 0160 4046 CAPACITOR FXD 10UF 5 SOVDC MET POLYC 0160 3563 0160 4571 28480 28480 A3C309 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20UDC TA co e A3C310 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20UDC TA 1500156 02082 A3C311 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20UDC TA 26289 150D156X9020K2 amp 3 312 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 1SUF 10 20UDC TA 36289 150D156X9020B2 A3C314 83 315 0180 1746 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 2 20UDC CAPACITOR FXD 150 4 10 20UDC TA 36289 56289 1500156 9 02082 150D156X9020 K2 ca ch 36316 0180 1746 3 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20UDC TA 56289 15001 5 020 2 A3C317 0160 3563 6 CAPACITOR FXD 10UF 5 SOVDC MET POLYC 28480 0160 3563 A3C318 0160 4371 8 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4371 A3C319 0160 4571 8 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF 50UDC 28480 0160 4571 3 320 0160 4571 8 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4571 A3C321 0180 1746 3 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10Zz 20UDC TA 36299 1500155 9020 2 ASCI22 0180 1746 5 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 2 20UDC TA 56289 150D156X7020B2 A3
132. C 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 287R F amp 4R9 0698 4364 6 RESISTOR 17 4 1 125W F 0 100 05158 PMESS 1 8 T0 17R4 F 4810 0683 2235 3 RESTSTOR 22K SZ 25 FC TC 400 800 01121 232233 64810 0698 3443 q RESISTOR 287 17 1254 TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 2078 A4R11 0698 4392 0 RESISTOR 71 5 17 1258 F 10 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 7185 44812 0698 4410 3 RESISTOR 137 1 125 F 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 137R F AAR13 0757 0368 8 RESTSTOR 34 12 1258 F TC 04 100 24546 4 1 8 0 3480 84814 0698 4418 1 RESISTOR 205 1 1254 TC 0 100 24545 C4 1 8 T0 205R F AAR1S 0678 4382 8 RESTSTOR 32 3 1 125M F TC D 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 52R3 F 84816 0698 5113 RESISTOR 100 5 1254 CC TC 270 4540 01121 1015 4817 0698 3113 RESISTOR 100 SZ 1254 CC TC 270 4540 01121 81015 4818 0678 3113 RESISTOR 100 5 125 CC TC 270 540 01121 BL1015 amp 4R19 0678 3113 RESISTOR 100 125U CC TC 270 540 01121 015 A4R20 9698 3377 RESISTOR 47 52 1254 CC 270 540 01121 BB4705 A4R21 0683 4735 RESTSTOR 47K 5 25M FC 400 800 01121 CB4735 AAR22 0683 4735 RESISTOR 47K SZ 25W FC TC 400 800 01121 CB4735 A4R23 0693 1065 RESTSTOR 10M 57 254 TC 900 1100 01121 1055 AAR24 0683 1545 RESISTOR 150 5 25 4 FC TC 800 900 01121 1545
133. C CER 28480 0160 4801 5 25 0160 4801 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 5 100UDC CER 28480 0150 4801 ASC26 0160 4787 CAPACITOR FXD 22 5 100UDC CER 0 30 28430 0160 4787 1300 YN DO 43027 0160 0127 CAPACITOR 1UF 20 25VDC CER 2480 0160 0127 ASC28 0160 0127 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 25VDC CER 28480 0160 0127 ASC29 0150 0127 CAPACTTOR FXD 1UF 20 250 CER 28480 2159 0127 5 30 0140 0182 CAPACITOR FXD 5000 300VDC 0140 0182 ASCR1 1901 0056 DIODE SUITCHING 809 200MA 2NS 20 355 28480 1901 0050 ASCR2 1901 0250 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 200 2NS 09 35 28480 1701 0050 ASCRS 1901 0050 DIODE SWITCHING 809 200MA 2NS 20 55 26480 1701 0050 ASCR4 1991 0050 DIGDE SWITCHING GOV 200MA 2NS DO 35 28480 1701 0050 ASCRS 1902 1375 DIODE ZENER S 6U 05 28480 1702 1375 ASCR amp 1902 1375 DIODE ZENER 5 69 05 28480 1902 1375 ASCR7 1901 0050 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DQ 33 480 1701 0050 ASCRA 1901 0050 DTODE SWITCHING 30V 200MA 2NS 20 35 28480 1701 0050 ASCR9 1701 0050 DIODE SWITCHING ROV 200MA 2NS 20 55 22420 1901 0050 ASCR10 1901 0050 DIODE SWITCHING 800 200MA ANS 20 35 28430 1791 0050 ASCR11 1901 0050 DIODE SWITCHING 809 200MA 2NS DO 35 28480 1901 0050 12 1701 0050 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 200 2NS 10 35 22
134. C324 0160 4571 8 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28400 0160 4571 ASC325 0160 4571 8 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4571 0160 4571 8 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 28480 0160 4571 A3C327 0160 4846 0 CAPACITOR FXD 1500PF 5 100VDC CER 28480 0160 4846 A3C328 0160 4371 8 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF SOVDC 20480 0160 4371 A3C329 0160 4801 7 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 57 100UDC CER 28480 0160 4801 A3C330 0160 4371 8 CAPACITOR FXD 0 1UF S0VDC 28480 0160 4571 ASC331 0180 2249 CAPACITOR FXD 47UF 10 20UDC TA 56289 150D156X7020E2 A3C332 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 2 20UDC TA 262809 1500156X9020R2 A3C333 0160 0137 CAPACITOR FXD 4700PF 10 200UDC POL YE 28480 0160 0157 130334 0160 3914 CAPACITOR 0 01UF 100V 0160 3914 36400 0150 0164 CAPACITOR FXD 039UF 10 200UDC POLYE 28480 0150 0164 01 0160 0164 CAPACITOR FXD 039UF 10 200VDC POLYE 28480 0160 0164 A3C402 0160 0167 CAPACITOR FXD 082UF 10 200UDC POLYE 28480 0160 0167 on 3 403 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 150 4 10 20UDC 56289 1500156 9020 2 AJC404 0130 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 102 20VDC TA 2628 15001 56X9020B2 A3C405 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 150 10 20VDC TA 36289 1500155 9020 2 A3C406 0160 4819 CAPACITOR FXD 2200 5Z 100UDC CER 28490 0160 431 A3C407 0160 4819 CAPACITOR FXD 2200
135. CH ANLG QUAD 14 DIP P PKG 17855 DG 01CJ 1820 1179 INV ITL LS HEX 1 INP 01255 SN74LS04N 1820 1199 IC INU TTL LS HEX 1 INP 01295 SN74LS04N 1820 1199 IC INV TIL LS 1 INP 01295 SN74LS04N 1820 1112 Ic FF TIL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG SN74LS74AN 1828 0542 IC 14 1826 0542 1626 0715 IC AMP LOW NOTSE 8 01 18324 NES 34AN 1826 0715 IC OP AMP LOW NOLSE B DIP P PKG 18324 NESSZAAN 1826 0522 JC OP QUAD 14 DIP P 01295 TL074CN 1826 0138 COMPARATOR GP GUAD 14 DIP P PKG 01255 LH339N DNN 1820 1971 SWITCH ANLG QUAD 16 DIP P PKG 17856 201 3 1826 0522 TC OP QUAD 14 DIP P PKG 01295 TLO74CN 1826 0716 LOW NOTSE DUAL 8 DIP C 18324 NESSS2AFE 35681 65506 35501 66506 en 10HHZ SUG ASSEMBLY 28480 35601 650606 35601 00606 35601 61616 10MHZ ASSCHELY BOX ASSEMHL Y 5 PWR 6 10MHZ 35601 60606 35601 00606 33601 61616 23480 28486 Ob 0160 0343 amp CAPACTTOR FOTHRU 1000PF 5009 CER 01121 2 1024 9160 4532 1 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 SOVDC CER 28480 9140 4532 0160 4532 1 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 SOVDC CER 26488 0160 4332 0150 4532 1 1000PF 20 59 0 CER 28480 0159 4532 0160 4532 1 1000PF 20 50 0 CER 28480 0160 4
136. CRED UREN 19 amp 33 VATO X13 KAYE SELECTED 03 7 HM 2 CORRMICO THE CAINS Li RU NONE OT uidet OLEN str AKO CHEN USTA a Imsen aer Husen wol A4 wren FREQUENCY HAVE OZUN AND ASI A M MEASUREMENT MAST WIER FRLO PHASE NOISE OREN SET TURNS 1 310 841 8 t toa as In OVERLOAD a ro ans INTEGRATOR UH A Attis FILTER USED FOR METER eur thu Pass FILTER TO AILS OUT OF LOCK FLIP FLOP 37 13385 TRACKING Gem 347 A3 3583 eut in H Us Use 74 555 1 b la da de 322 115 4 LOCK iie NIKEA 4 TO Aans EN AM 0 10 AA RAT OR VEI tt 30 t 103 Tur 2 v 04044 16168797 x 52 15 SUIVENABLE n 1 un 4 MIRER 94023 veas f 2777422541 2 5 1 nun as HH es n li ien e i wun 116 io 1 2 38 wc m 94 e e a 4 S x20 um 50 gt 4 SUITCNAGLE a CHANNEL OUTPUT gt Lee IXER 2 gt 1 ir t CONNECTED 10 ovemcag t AND OQuf 0f LOCK FLIP FLOPS 0 05 AS
137. CT CLOCK L edge al b1 c1 di H edge a2 b2 c2 d2 X H Qao Qbo Qco Odo Qao Qbo etc the level of Qa Ob etc entered on the most recent negative going transition of the clock input 82 Uu 1 2 Ea EE GN DATA INPUTS Appendix Model 35601 A1 Board 918 019 hp part number 1820 1470 mfr part number SN74LS157N INPUTS OUTPUT INPUTS OUTPUT VCC STROBE 4 48 4Y 38 INPUT OUTPUT Y SELECT A Creer Af irn SELECT 1 18 1 INPUTS OUTPUT INPUTS OUTPUT A1 Board U20 hp part number 1820 1419 mfr part number SN74LS85N OATA INPUTS 82 A2 81 80 A lt B gt gt A lt B N N OUT OUT OUT INPUT CASCADE INPUTS COMPARING INPUTS CASCADIN D c OUTPUTS Aun xum 358 lt as ADB Ace A gt V gt V B A3 gt B3 X A3 B3 A3 B3 A3 B3 A3 B3 A3 B3 A3 B3 A3 B3 A3 B3 5 A3 B3 B 2 X A2 gt B2 A2 lt B2 A2 B2 A2 B2 A2 B2 A2 B2 A2 B2 A2 B2 A1 gt B1 A1 lt B1 1 1 A1 B1 1 B1 1 B1 AO lt BO AO BO AO BO IT X XK DK KK 2K 2K KK Terr rer Model 35601 Appendix Board 9201 0207 9208 hp part number 1820 1442 mfr part number SN74LS290N BCD CO
138. E GEN PRP 1809 200MA DO 7 1901 0033 ASCR104 1701 0033 DIODE GEN 180V 200MA DO 7 1701 0033 DIODE GEN PRP 180 200MA DO 7 1901 0033 ASCR105 1901 0033 aaa aan A3CR106 1901 0518 DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY 1701 0518 308107 1901 0518 DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY 1901 0518 ASCR200 0122 0089 DIODE UUC 29PF 10 C3 C23 MIN S BUR 30V 109 ASCR201 0122 0089 DIODE UUC 29PF 10 C3 C25 MIN S BYR 30V 109 AXCR202 1902 0041 4 DIODE ZNR 5 11 52 00 35 PD 4U 1902 0041 ASCR203 1901 0518 8 DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY 1901 0518 A3CR301 1901 0033 2 DIODE GEN PRP 180 200MA DO 7 1901 0033 ASCR302 1901 0033 2 DIODE GEN PRP 180 200MA DO 7 1901 0033 A3CR303 1901 0518 8 DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY 1901 0518 A3CR304 1901 0518 8 DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY 1901 0518 ASCR305 0122 0089 5 DIQDE VVC 29PF 10 3 25 1 5 BUR 304 MV109 A3CR306 0122 0089 5 DIODE UUC 29PF 10 3 25 1 5 BUR 30U 109 ASCR307 0122 0089 5 29 10 C3 C25 MIN 5 BUR 30U 109 A3CR308 0122 0089 5 DIODE VVC 29 10 C3 C25 MIN S BYR 30V HV109 ASCR309 1902 0954 DIODE ZNR 6 0V 5 1902 0954 A3CR310 1902 0350 DIODE ZNR 4 7V 5 1902 0350 11 1902 0953 DIODE ZNR 6 8V 5 1902 0954 A3CR312 1902 0350 DIODE ZNR 4 7V 5 1902 0950 ASCR400 1901 0033 DIODE GEN PRP 180 200
139. ECTOR 3 PIN MALE 1251 4670 A3J11 1231 4670 CONNECTOR 3 PIN MALE 1251 4670 312 1251 4670 CONNECTOR 3 PIN MALE 1251 4670 ASIIS 1251 4670 CONNECTOR 3 PIN MALE 1251 4670 3214 1251 4570 CONNECTOR 3 PIN MAILE 1251 4670 3315 1251 4670 CONNECTOR 3 PIN MALE 1251 4670 43316 1251 3825 CONNECTOR S PIN POST TYPE 1251 3825 63317 1251 3305 CONNECTOR 4 PIN POST TYPE 1251 3305 43318 1251 3305 CONNECTOR 4 PIN M POST TYPE 1251 3305 45319 1251 7264 HEADER 34 1251 7254 42720 1251 4670 CONNECTOR 3 PIN MALE 1251 4670 1251 4670 43721 1251 4670 CONNECTOR 3 PIN MALE 1 05 9140 0210 RF CH HLD 100UH 5 166DX 385LG 9140 0210 INDUCTOR A3L021 9140 0210 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH SZ 166DX 385LG 9140 0210 31100 9140 0210 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH 5 166DX 385LG 9140 0210 A3L101 9140 0210 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH SX 166DX 385LG 9140 0210 A3L102 9140 0289 COIL VAR 23UH 27UH 9 200 PC HTG 9140 0289 9140 0289 COIL VAR Q 200 PC MTG 9140 0287 A3L103 23UH 27UH A3L104 7140 0210 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH SX 1660 358516 9140 0210 ASLIOS 9140 0210 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH SZ 166DX 385LG 9140 0210 A3L105 9140 028 COTI VAR 23UM 27UH 0 200 PC MTG 9140 0289 ASLI0 amp 9140 0289 COIL VAR 23UH 27UH Q 200 PC MTG 9140 0269
140. F 75 10 75VDC AL 36289 3921086075124 A1C18 0180 2396 CAPACITOR FXD 1000UF 75 10 7SUDC AL 56289 39D108G07SJP 4 1 19 0180 2730 CAPACITOR FXD 1700UF 75 10Z 30UDC AL 28480 0180 2730 AICRE 1901 0040 DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2NS DO 35 28480 1901 0040 681 7 1902 0025 DIODE ZNR 10U 57 00 35 PD 4U 062 28480 1902 0025 1088 1901 0026 DIODE PUR RECT 200 750 120 29 28480 1901 0026 A1CR9 1901 0026 DIODE PUR 200 750MA DO 29 28480 1701 0026 A1CR10 1902 0025 DIODE ZNR 10V 5 00 35 PD 4W TC 06Z 28480 1902 0025 A1CR11 1901 0026 DIODE PUR 2009 750MA DO 29 28480 1901 0026 A1CR12 1901 0026 DIODE PWR 200 750 00 29 28480 1901 0026 A1CR13 1901 0026 DIODE PUR 200V 750MA DO 29 28490 1901 0026 A1CR14 1901 0026 DIODE PWR RECT 200V 750MA DO 29 28480 1901 0026 A1CR18 1906 0096 DIODE FU BRDG 200 2A 04713 MDA202 A1CR19 1706 0096 DIODE FW BRDG 200 2 04713 202 AIF1 AIF2 2110 0381 2110 0381 FUSE 250 TD 1 25 25 FUSE 2509 TD 1 25X 25 28480 28480 2110 0381 2110 0361 NN N NUNNU OA m 4131 1251 6428 CONNECTOR 5 POST 28480 1251 6428 172 1251 5722 CONNECTOR 50 POST TYPE 28480 1251 5722 A1J3 1251 6428 CONNECTOR 5 POST TYPE 28480 1251 6428 174 1251 7
141. Figure 6 19 by direct entry of commands indicating the desired switch or relay state Enter ing the command string is described in the following section K9 SWITCH EXIT hp 9836 shift K11 Return to Main Program hp 9845 Pressing this key returns the user to the hp 35601A test main program After troubleshooting with SSWITCH the Automatic Tests and Adjustments may be repeated or continued after pressing this key 6 32 Entering a Command String To Change the state of the switches and relays shown in Figure 6 19 a command string must be entered A command simply consists of the switch number shown in the block diagram in Figure 6 19 for a particular switch The possible switch numbers are shown in Table 6 4 When a SWITCH command is entered and continue is pressed the command is displayed A displayed command with the prefix K S or L indicates that the correspond ing switch or relay is in the state opposite to that shown in the block diagrams Figure 6 1 through 6 19 The commands that have an F prefix control the cut off frequency of the Switchable Lowpass Filter for this reason one of these commands is always displayed To return a switch or relay to the state shown in the block diagrams enter the command preced ed by a minus sign Command strings are performed by entering multiple commands separated by commas Table 6 4 SWITCH Commands Commands _ K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 Relays o
142. H 10 1050X 26LC 28480 7140 0144 9140 0144 7140 0144 INDUCTOR RF CH MI D 4 70 10 1050 2 INDUCTOR RF CH HLD 4 7UH 102 105DX 26LG 20480 23480 9140 0144 9140 0144 1833 0010 TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO 18 PDO 260M4 28380 1653 0010 f9 1853 0010 TRANSISTOR PNP S1 TO 18 PD 360MU 20480 1853 0010 1853 0010 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 10 18 PD 360MU 28480 1853 0010 1853 0010 TRANSISTOR PNP 57 TO 18 PD 360Mu 20480 1853 0010 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 4 17 Replaceable Parts Reference Designation AGR1 AGR2 ALRI AGR4 A6RS AGR G AGR7 AARE ABRI ASR10 AGR11 AGR12 amp R13 AER14 6815 AGR16 66817 AARIS AER19 AAR2O 6T1 A T2 AGUI Asu2 AGUA AGW A7 4 18 Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Replaceable Parts Cont d HP Part Number Oty Mfr Part Number Description 1810 0030 amp NETWORK RES 8 51 1 0 X 7 28480 1810 0030 1816 0030 6 NETWORK RES 8 67 1 0 OHM X 7 23480 1810 0030 0683 1025 9 RESTSTOR 1K 25M FC 400 600 01121 CE1025 0583 1825 9 RESISTOR 1 SX 25W FC TC 400 600 01121 1025 0683 1323 4 RESISTOR 1 5K 57 25W 1C 400 700 91121 1525 0683 39295 2 RESIS
143. IZ A4R93 4894 4895 44896 44697 44698 44899 848100 A4R101 48102 848103 6848104 AAR105 448106 48107 A4R108 A4R109 448110 48111 4 112 4 14 Part Number 0483 1015 0683 1035 2100 3355 0683 2235 0598 4123 0737 0427 0683 4703 0683 4703 0698 3279 0757 0401 0698 4123 0757 0453 0678 3228 0698 4486 0698 3228 2100 3207 0678 3434 0683 1015 0698 4434 0737 0394 0737 0384 0698 4420 0683 4715 0683 4705 0683 1035 0683 4715 0683 1035 0698 4123 2100 3426 0698 4436 0737 0277 2100 3351 0698 4421 0698 4468 0698 4123 0757 0440 0698 4433 0698 3511 0628 3510 0683 3315 1698 46510 0683 1023 0757 0392 0683 4705 0583 4705 0683 4705 0683 4705 0483 1035 0737 0392 0699 3430 0737 0393 0683 2205 0683 2205 0683 2205 0683 2205 0683 2205 0683 2205 0683 2205 0683 2203 0683 2205 0683 2203 4683 2205 0683 2205 0683 6835 0483 6835 0683 2205 0683 2205 0683 1035 0683 2235 0685 4705 0683 4705 0683 4705 0683 4705 0757 0414 Vaga DN O CA o N lt 0 FO Yo Wes oer nD NODO 29929 000000 0004040 Table 4 3 Replaceable Parts Cont d Description RESTSTOR 100 52 25 FC TC 400 500 RESISTOR 10K 54 25W FC TC 400 700 RESTSTOR TRMR 100K 107 C STDE A0J 1 18 RESISTOR 22K 54 25W FC TC 400 800 RESTSTUR 499 1 1258 F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 5K 12 125 0 100 RESISTOR
144. K 1 n 4 eee ane ee NR LOGP CONTROL VOLTAGE 801 las i Programmable Gain Steps Test 6 29 6 30 6 21 1 5GHz Mixer OC Offset Test This test checks the level of DC offset at the output of the Phase Detector mixer as shown in Figure 6 13 The output of an hp 3325A is connected to the L Phase Detector input 15dBm on the front panel of the hp 35601A terminate the other Phase Detector input with 500 hp 11048A The output of the mixer is measured with an hp 3455A multimeter at the 3585A 500 connector on the 35601 The dc offset of the mixer is measured using the 3455A at SMHz 10MHz 1SMHz and 20MHz The program then prints the results initializing the Test With the High Frequency Menu displayed press shift SFK K3 hp 9836 or SFK K13 hp 9845B to initialize the test After initialization follow the instructions displayed on the computer What if the Test Assuming continuity exists in the signal path of this test a failure in dc offset is almost tainly due to a mixer failure This mixer is not serviceable it must be replaced if it has failed Equipment Set Up son TERMINATION SIGNAL sou TERMINATION husen aer fuser vc M gt 98 mi ven pie FREQUENCY VCO CONTROL VOLTAGE WA nn AAA AA
145. LS00 9100 1618 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD S 6UH 10 7100 1618 A3L501 7100 1618 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD S 6UH 10 9100 1618 ASLS02 7100 1618 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 5 6UH 10 9100 1618 ASLS03 7100 1618 1 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 5 604 10 9100 1618 ASL504 9100 1618 1 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 5 6UH 10 7100 1618 ASLSOS 7100 1618 1 INDUCTOR RF CH HLD 5 6UH 10 9100 1618 A3LS06 7100 1618 1 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD S 6UH 10 7100 1618 A3L700 9100 1393 9 COIL XFMR TRIFTLAR 375DIAX 62511 ENCAP 9100 1393 31700 9140 0210 1 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH 5 166DX 385LG 7140 0210 A3L701 7100 1647 amp INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4700 5 2 4916 9100 1647 A3L702 9100 1393 9 COIL XFHR TRIFILAR 375DIAX 625HI ENCAP 9100 1393 A3L702 9100 1647 6 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 470UH 5 2Dx 451 6 9100 1647 ASL703 7140 0210 1 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH SZ 1660 356516 7140 0210 A3Q100 1853 0010 TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO 18 PD 360MU 1853 0010 A3Q101 1853 0010 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 10 18 PD 360M4 1853 0010 A3N102 1853 0010 TRANSISTOR PNP SI T0 18 PD 360MU 1853 0010 439103 1854 0019 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360M4 1954 0019 630104 1853 0010 TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO 18 PD 360M4 1653 0010 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MU 1854 0019 854105 1854 0019 A3Q106 1833 0010 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 0 18 PD 360M4 1853 0010 30
146. MA DO 7 1901 0033 A3CR401 1901 0033 DIODE GEN PRP 180 200MA DO 7 1901 0033 ASCR402 1901 0033 DIODE GEN PRP 1809 200MA 00 7 1901 0033 ASCR403 1901 0033 DIODE GEN PRP 180U 200MA DO 7 1901 0033 ASCR404 1901 0033 DIODE GEN PRP 180U 200MA DO 7 1901 0033 01010 1010 ASCR405 1901 0033 DIODE GEN PRP 180 200MA 00 7 1901 0033 ASCR700 1901 0040 DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2NS 00 55 1901 0040 ASCR701 1901 0040 DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2NS 00 35 1901 0040 ASCR702 1901 0040 DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2NS DO 35 1901 0040 8308703 1901 0040 DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2 00 35 1901 0040 ASCR704 1901 0040 1 DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2NS 00 35 1901 0040 ASCR705 1901 0040 1 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS 00 35 1901 0040 A3CR706 1901 0040 1 DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2NS DO 33 1901 0040 A3CR707 1901 0040 1 DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2NS DO 35 1901 0040 ASTI 1250 1235 1 CONNECTOR SMB ST JK 1230 1233 ASI2 1250 1255 1 CONNECTOR SMB ST JK 1250 1255 A3J3 1250 1255 1 CONNECTOR SMB ST JK 1250 1255 A3J4 1250 1255 1 CONNECTOR SMB ST 1250 1255 4375 1250 1255 1 CONNECTOR SMB ST JK 1250 1255 1250 1255 1250 1255 CONNECTOR SMB ST JK A334 8527 1250 1255 CONNECTOR SMB ST JK 1250 1255 A338 1250 1255 CONNECTOR SMB ST JK 1250 1255 ASI 1251 6429 CONNECTOR 3 PIN MALE 1251 6429 A3J10 1251 4670 CONN
147. NDUCTOR RF CIL M D 6 20H SZ 1660 2651 28480 9100 3561 4113 7140 0285 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD SUH SZ 166DX 3831 28480 9140 0285 A4L14 9170 0874 CORE SHIEI DING HEAD 28480 9170 0894 641 15 9140 0137 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1MH 52 2 496 Q 60 28480 9140 0137 AAL16 9170 0894 9 CORE SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170 0894 44117 9140 0636 5 INDUCTOR 40 MH 05 28480 9140 0636 A4L18 9140 0131 5 INDUCTOR RF CH MUD 10MH 54 25DX 7951 G 28480 9140 0131 44119 9100 1661 4 INDUCTOR RF CH ML D 2 2MH SX 23DX 57LC 28480 7100 1661 AAL2O 9140 0210 1 INDUCTOR RF CH MI D 100UH 5 166DX 328S5LG 28480 9140 0210 A4L21 9100 1618 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 5 60 10 26486 9100 1618 AAL22 9140 0210 INDUCTOR RF CH MUD 100UH 57 1650 385 6 28488 9140 0210 A4L23 9140 0137 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1MH SZ 2DX 43LG Q 60 28480 9140 0137 A4L24 9140 0144 INDUCTOR RF CH MI D 4 7UH 10 105DX 26LG 28480 9140 0144 A4L23 9140 0144 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7UH 10 105DX 26L6 28480 9140 0144 INDUCTOR RF CH MI D 4 744 102 1050 2616 23480 9140 0144 A4L26 9140 0144 gt wt gt A4L27 9140 0137 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1MH SX 2DX 45LG Q 60 25488 9140 0137 A4L 28 9140 0144 INDUCTOR RF CH MILD 4 7UH 10 1050 261 6 28480 9140 0144 AAL29 9140 0144 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7UH 10 1035DX 26LG 28480 9140 0144 64 30 91
148. O L3 should be 0100 8 Move the ground from DIO2 to DIO3 9 Repeat step 2 10 LO L3 should be 0010 11 Move the ground from DIO3 to DIO4 12 Repeat step 2 13 L0 L3 should read 0001 6 75 Service Model 35601 A REMOVING THE A1 BOARD FOR SERVICING When servicing is required the Al board may be removed by pulling up all of the black re tainer pins After this the board may be placed vertically for ease of testing by rotating the board toward the back of the instrument and inserting the bottom edge and the side edge in to the plastic holders provided You may desire to remove a few cables to facilitate the rotating of the board 6 76 S 3 i 1 1 a 1 1 8 C E 1 1 8 010 Bla N Ai h p Part No 35601 66501 NOTE Refer to the Service Group text for disassembiy instructions to access this circuit board MOTE Refer to Appendix B for IC diagrams and truth tables NOTE This waveform is obtained by triggering the scope with the 5 voit power supply on the A1 board and viewing the test point while tuming an the instrument INPUT BUFFERS amp INVERTERS m E 4 ped Prrrertr rs Bj mi ADDRESSED FLIP FLOP 12 PS IA A 3 TE 1 EEE 18 4 E LOCAL CONTROL REAR PANEL 8 1 ADD
149. ONS negative positive zero slide zero temperature coefficient single pote double throw nanosecondis 10 9 seconds single pole single throw not separately replaceable temperature coefficient titanium dioxide kilohm s 10 3 ohms kilohertz 10 3 hertz linear taper togarithmic taper double pole double throw double pote single throw milliampere si 10 amperes megahertz 10 6 hertz megohmis 10 6 ohms ee 2 metal film manufacturer Precision temperature coefficient long term stability and or tolerance microfarad s microsecondis optimum value selected at factory average value shown part may be omitted no standard type number assigned selected or special type Replaceable Parts Model 35601 4 3 PARTS LISTED To obtain a part not listed include the following information e Instrument model number e Instrument serial number e A description of the part e The function and location of the part 4 4 DIRECT MAIL ORDER SYSTEM Within the United States Hewlett Packard can supply parts through a direct mail order system Guidelines for using this ordering system are as follows e Order parts directly from the hp Corporate Parts Center in Mountain View California No minimum or maximum purchase requirements for any mail order A minimum order amount is required for parts ordered through a local hp Sales Service office when orders requir
150. PACITOR FXD AUF 10 SOVDC MET POLYC 25480 0160 3405 5 7 0160 3013 CAPACITOR FXD 36PF 5 300VDC 0160 3013 ASCB 0160 5202 4 CAPACITOR FXD 28420 0160 5202 ASCO 0160 5348 9 CAPACITOR FXD SIPF 4 5 100VUC CER 04 30 28430 9140 5348 ASC10 0160 4812 0 CAPACTTOR FXD 220PF 5 100UDC CER 23480 0160 4812 5 11 0160 4832 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 100VDC 0160 4832 12 0160 4801 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 4 52 100UDC CER 22420 0160 4801 5 13 0180 1794 CAPACITOR FXD 22UF 35V 0180 1794 ASC14 0100 1794 CAPACITOR FXD 22UF 35V 0180 1794 ASCI1S 0150 3787 amp CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 S0VDC PCOLYC 78480 0160 3787 ASC16 0160 3787 amp CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 SAUDC MET POLYC 23480 0160 3787 ASC17 0160 3787 amp CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 SOVDC MET POLYC 23480 0150 3787 ASC18 0160 3747 8 CAPACITOR FXD 47PF 10 200VDC CER 23420 0160 3747 ASC19 0160 0127 2 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 25SVDC 28480 0160 0127 ASC2O 0160 0127 2 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 ESVDC CER 3480 0160 0127 ASC21 0160 4805 CAPACITOR FXD 47PF 5 190 DC CER D 30 28480 0160 4805 ASC22 0160 5348 CAPACITOR FXD S1PF 5 100UDC CER 0 30 28480 0160 5348 ASC23 0160 4787 CAPACITOR FXD 22PF 5 100VDC CER 0 30 28480 0160 4787 5 24 0160 4601 100PF 5 106UD
151. PF S 100UDC CER 28480 0160 4819 A3C408 0160 0168 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 200VDC POLYE 28480 0160 0168 A3C409 0160 0168 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 4 10 200VDC POLYE 28480 0160 0168 A3C410 0160 0166 CAPACITOR FXD 068UF 10X 200UDC POLYE 28480 0140 0166 ASC411 0160 0166 CAPACITOR FXD 068UF 10 200VDC POL YE 28480 0160 0166 A3C412 0160 0194 CAPACITOR FXD 015UF 10 200UDC POLYE 28480 0160 0194 31044 9 0 ASC413 0160 0194 CAPACITOR FXD O1SUF 10 200VDC POL YE 28480 0160 0194 3 414 0150 5787 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 SOVDC MET POLYC 28480 0160 3787 A3415 0160 4919 CAPACITOR FXD 2200PF SX 100UDC CER 28460 0160 4819 3 416 0160 4819 CAPACITOR FXD 2200 5 100UDC CER 28480 0150 4819 430417 0160 0168 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 200UDC POLYE 28480 0160 0168 A3C418 0160 4822 2 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 5 100UDC CER 28480 0160 4822 A3C419 0160 4822 2 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 5 1000 CER 28480 0160 4822 A3C420 0160 0168 1 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 200VDC POLYE 28480 0160 0168 A3C421 0160 0164 7 CAPACITOR FXD 039UF 10 200UDC POLYE 28480 0160 0164 A3C422 0160 0164 7 CAPACITOR FXD 039UF 10 200VDC POLYE 28480 0160 0164 A3C423 0160 0167 0 CAPACITOR FXD 0820 10 200VDC POLYE 28480 0160 0167 500 0180 1746 5 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF
152. R 47K 5 254 FC TC 400 800 01121 CB4735 1813 0683 1325 RESISTOR 1 3K SZ 25 FC 400 700 01121 CB1325 AIR14 0683 1325 RESISTOR 1 3K 5 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 1525 41615 0683 1325 RESISTOR 1 3K 57 25U FC TC 400 700 01121 CB1325 AIRPI AIRP2 1810 0269 1810 0269 NETWORK RES 9 SIP10 0K OIM X 8 NETWORK RES 9 SIP10 0K OHM X 8 28480 28480 1810 0269 1810 0269 4151 152 153 3101 1341 3101 1341 3101 2094 SWITCH SL SPDT SUBMIN 5 125VAC DC SWITCH SL SPDT SUBMIN SA 125UAC DC SWITCH RKR DIP RKR ASSY B 1A 054 30VDC 28480 28480 28480 3101 1341 3101 1341 3101 2094 4101 1820 1730 IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM 01295 SN74LS273N A102 1820 1730 IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM 01295 SN74LS273N A1U3 1920 1730 IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM 01295 SN74LS273N A1U4 1820 1730 TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIC COM 01295 SN74LS273N ALUS 1820 1730 IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM 01295 SN74LS273N 106 1820 1689 IC UART TTL QUAD 01295 MC3446P CECA 6107 1820 1689 IC UART TTL QUAD 01295 MC3446P 8108 1820 1730 TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIC COM 01295 SN74LS273N 6109 1820 1730 LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG 01295 SN74LS273N 41010 1820 1730 FF TTL L
153. R 93 1 1 125M F 1 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 93R1 F ASRS 0698 3438 RESISTOR 147 12 1254 TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1478 F See introduction to this section for ordering information ndicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Replaceable Parts Cont d Reference HP Part Ot Designation Number Y Description Mfr Part Number ASR7 0757 0412 3 RESISTOR 365 12 125M F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T 3ASR F ASRB 0698 4458 9 RESTSTOR 590 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 S99R F ASR 0699 4463 8 RESISTOR 931 1 125 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 931R F ASR10 0683 1035 1 RESTSTOR 10K 25W FC TC 409 790 1121 51035 ASR11 0757 0415 RESISTOR 475 1 125W 0757 0415 0633 1035 RESISTOR 10K SZ 254 FC TC 400 790 01121 81035 ASR12 45613 0757 0283 RESISTOR 2K 12 1258 F 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 2001 ASR14 0757 0161 RESISTER 604 1 125W 04 4190 24546 4 1 8 0 6044 F AGRIS 0698 4413 RESISTOR 154 1 125 TC 0 100 24545 4 1 8 0 1548 ASR16 0698 3440 RESISTOR 176 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 196R F 0698 4421 24546 4 1 8 10 2498 ASR17 ASR1B 0698 4449 RESTSTOR 309 12 1254 10 04 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 309R F ASR19 0737 0413 RESISTOR 392 12 1254 TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 392R F ASR2O 0679 31
154. RESS SWITCHE INOICATURS cae La osv ESB lame 000000 mem gt LATCH STATE y Ta 45 1 3K 2 14 pu ZUR echobadorpojo Jue Fer t n ue NE 5 744 START UP LISTEN INDICATOR 5 54 5 CR CL cas 168 LISTEN F a5 je P zer Ta ou y R3 169 138 2 7777385691 COPYRIGHT 1981 OY HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY Figure 6 28 Al Schematic and Component Locator with Digital tore mem o isv 4 n 33681 1 S 3888088 HE 108 REIR Lt ROTE NOTE Refer to the Service Group text for disassembly instructions to access this circuit board Refer to Appendix 8 for IC diagrams and truth tables M MM 98 BY HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY 3360114 21 Figure 6 29 Power Supply 6 79 6 80 Revision A 5 A e 2 986 e Model 35601 Service SERVICE GROUP FIVE A6 BOARD 10 MHz SWITCHING 6 83 DESCRIPTION OF THE BOARD The board takes the IOMHz reference output from the hp 3585 at 10dBm a
155. RON F gt an t 4048 AMPUIFIER 2 15 aga 1 Sa io s RIS R76 330 2 26 555 9 9v CRIS RES V gis 15 5 kr ane KK 3 pav 1 4 N Kido i a V he R81 CR18 A 43 2 y os 0 P 2157 4445 v Ar 47 w R 3 34 P uy 2 159 5 493 5 En ee isv s 15 mi ope Bc an ad mj 15v 2 24 44 9 Lis AS V 2 10 55 232 21894 15V 2 7 1K cas as3 170 1 190 246 i 5 ca t38 i 846 Mat 499 res 3 844 7 Zin 4 99 ADJ a Se e 4 2 10 OVERLOAD 2 T CLIP 0109 1 ast etsy 4 5154 T 1 156 1 4157 3 2139 85 1 Sv t SEF 7 COPYRIGHT 1981 Y HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY 7 735601 4A Figure 6 24 A4 Schematic and Component Locator 6 63 6 64 Model 35601 Service SERVICE GROUP THREE A5 BOARD PHASE LOCKED LOOP CONTROL 6 60 DETAILED DISCUSSION OF THE A5 BOARD 6 61 0 to 2898 Amplifier in 4dB Steps The phase error signal from the High Frequency Board A4 is amplified in two adjustable gain stages The first amplifier includes U13 as the amplifier The combination of U2 and a resistor network comprise the feedback to provide the desired gain The output of U13 is clamped by CR2 and CR4 to ensure that the voltage at this point never exceeds 6 volts this is done to avoid damaging the CMOS multiplexer U2 The thr
156. S D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM 01295 SN74LS273N See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 4 3 Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Replaceable Parts Cont d Reference HP Part Designation Number Mfr Part Number Description Oo 1820 1730 FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM 01295 SN74LS273N 1820 1730 TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG 01295 SN74LS273N 1820 1687 IC VART TTL QUAD 01295 MC3446P 1820 1689 IC UART TTL QUAD 01295 MC3446P 1820 1216 DCDR TTL LS 3 TO 8 LINE 3 INP 01295 5 741051 38N 1820 1216 DCDR TTL LS 3 TO 8 LINE 3 INP 01295 SN74LS138N 0 m Oo 1820 1444 IC MUXR DATA SEL TTL LS 2 TO 1 LINE QUAD 01295 SN74LS298N 1820 1470 MUXR DATA SEL TTL LS 2 TO 1 LINE QUAD 01295 SN74LS157N 1820 1470 IC MUXR DATA SEL TTL LS 2 TO 1 LINE QUAD 01295 SN74LS157N 1820 1917 IC BFR TTL LS LINE DRUR 01295 SN74LS240N 1820 1492 BFR TTL LS INV 1 INP 01295 SN7 4LS36BAN 1820 1201 IC GATE TTL LS AND QUAD 2 1 01295 SN74LS08N 1820 1419 IC COMPTR TTL LS MAGTD 4 EIT 01295 5474458 5 1820 1201 IC TTL LS AND QUAD 2 INP 01295 SN74LS08N 1820 1197 GATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP 91295 5174150 ON 1820 1208 GATE TTL LS OR QUAD 2 INP 01295 SN74LS3ON
157. TE R421 i A343 15Y In order for waveshapes to be valid 113 must ba 3627 driven high turn on state is low This is done most easily using SWITCH See paragraph 159 6 28 for instructions on using SWITCH 13 1 39 i AS R120 C126 caids A145 04 AONITOR 1600 CR NOTE anI 0104 Refer to the Service Group text for disassembly 12 58107 A 5 Instructions to access this board usoit2 430 1 470 274 1 MOTE m _ NS 1809 BT REWLETT PACRARD 1D 7 35501 N Refer to Appondix for IC diagrams and truth PA le I TFT gt m tables Figure 6 22 A3 Schematic and Component Locator Revision B 6 55 6 56 e A GM DOSE A ene eee 2 2 2 nn geret ce nun uo un inne maa de ne 5 AL nn TEE 4 ert ane y 788 i P Re me A Sa lt to 40460 91 i BAE gt uem 1285 p fec T to 20201 1 e qu Xu 4 45 E 1281 SHE uun 8202 m o 30 P H z EE u utos 3 gt 01 0304 0 5 8 44 ml de i an 519 u 4 4 en 1108
158. TOR 3 9K 5 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 CB3923 0683 1025 9 RESTSTOR IK 57 23W TC 400 400 01121 CB1025 0683 1525 4 RESISTOR 1 5 5 25 FC TC 400 700 01121 1525 0683 3925 2 RESISTOR 3 9K 5 ZIW TC 400 790 01121 CB3925 8683 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 SX 25W FC TC 400 560 0112 CB4705 2583 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 25 FC TC 400 500 01121 4705 0683 2205 9 RESISTOR 22 SZ 254 FC TC 400 500 01121 205 0583 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 25W TC 400 500 01121 84705 0683 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 92 25 TC 400 500 01121 4705 0683 4705 8 RESTSTOR 47 258 FC TC 490 500 01121 84705 0683 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 SZ 258 FC TC 400 500 01121 CB4705 0683 3923 2 RESISTOR 3 9K 57 25W FC TC 400 790 01121 3925 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K 5 25 FC TC 400 600 01121 CB1025 0683 4705 8 RESTSTOR 47 SZ 25W FC 400 500 01121 C54705 0683 1025 9 RESTSTOR 1K 53 254 FC TC 400 600 01121 CB1025 78480 28486 06552 6044 08552 6044 08552 6044 08552 6044 TRANS 6 TURNS TRANS 6 TURNS m m 1820 0810 RCVR ECL LINE RCUR TPL 2 UNP 04713 10116 1820 0803 JC GATE ECL OR NOR TPL 04713 10105 1858 0047 TRANSTSTOR ARRAY 16 PIN PLSTC DIP 13695 Ut N 20034 UN 35501 61617 CABLE SHTEL DEG BOARDS 28480 35501 61617 35601 60607 ASSEMELY ARHSTRONG 28480 35601 69607 0160 0345 6 CAPACITOR FDTHRU 1000
159. TOR TRMR 10K 10 TOP ADI 1 TRN 20480 2100 3210 A3R 369 0503 1055 1 RESTBTOR 100K 5 25 FC 400 4800 01121 CB1035 38R370 0683 4723 2 RESISTOR 4 7 5 254 FC 400 700 01121 CB4725 A3R371 0683 3925 2 RESISTOR 3 9K 5 25W FC TC 4007 700 01121 83925 05358400 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K 25W FC 400 600 01121 081025 338401 0683 2025 1 RESTSTOR 2K 5 254 FC TC 400 700 01121 2025 436402 0583 4705 8 REGTSTOR 47 9 ZIW FC TCw 400 4500 01121 84705 AJR403 0698 4467 0 RESISTOR 1 05 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 6 T0 1051 F ASR 404 0483 1035 1 RESISTOR 10K 3 294 TC 400 700 01121 91035 ASR 405 0757 0437 2 RESISTOR 4 75 1 1254 TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 4751 F A3ZR4 0G 0678 4421 6 RESISTOR 249 14 1254 F 1 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 249R F 638407 0683 3345 0 RESISTOR 330K 54 254 FC TC 800 900 01121 CR3345 38408 0683 4745 amp RESISTOR 470K 5 25W FC TC 800 900 01121 4745 4538409 0698 4125 2 RESISTOR 953 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1071 F A3R 410 06498 4125 2 RESTSTOR 953 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 1071 058411 0683 1025 7 RESISTOR 1K 5 25W FC TC 400 600 01121 CB1025 A3R412 0483 1025 9 RESTSTOR 1K SX 254 FC TC 400 600 01121 CB1025 ASR413 0683 4745 6 RESISTOR 470K 5 25W FC TC 800 4900 01121 CB4745 638414 0683 1025 9 RESISTOR 1K 57 254 FC TC2 400 t600 01121 CB1025
160. UMENT To minimize shock hazard the instrument chassis and cabinet must be connected to an elec trical ground The instrument is equipped with a three conductor ac power cable The power cable must either be plugged into an approved three contact electrical outlet or used with a three contact to two contact adapter with the grounding wire green firmly connected to an electrical ground safety ground at the power outlet The power jack and mating plug of the power cable meet International Electrotechnical Commission IEC safety standards DO NOT OPERATE IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE Do not operate the instrument in the presence of flammable gases or fumes Operation of any electrical instrument in such an environment constitutes a definite safety hazard KEEP AWAY FROM LIVE CIRCUITS Operating personnel must not remove instrument covers Component replacement and internal adjustments must be made by qualified maintenance personnel Do not replace components with power cable connected Under certain conditions dangerous voltages may exist even with the power cable removed To avoid injuries always disconnect power and discharge circuits before touching them DO NOT SERVICE OR ADJUST ALONE Do not attempt internal service or adjustment unless another person capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation is present DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR MODIFY INSTRUMENT Because of the danger of introducing additional hazards do not install substit
161. UNT SEQUENCE COUNT 4000 0 0 IrIrrrrrerrr FPrZIIIIrrre TTL FL PIF RESETICOUNT FUNCTION TABLE RESET INPUTS OUTPUTS Xr Xr Tr XK Appendix Board 4202 9203 hp part number 1820 1277 mfr part number SN74LS192N DATA 15 INPUT A DOWN 4 COUNT T DATA 1 INPUT B DATA 10 INPUT C DATA 9 INPUT D 14 CLEAR 11 LOAD B 4 Model 35601 A pum 13 BORROW OUTPUT 12 CARAY V U 1111 15 ir gt D i Ei Q 2 OUTPUT ag n TIL ouTPUT 42 REGIONAL SALES AND SERVICE OFFICES NORTH CENTRAL AFRICA Hewlett Packard S A 7 Rue du Bois du Lan CH 1217 MEYRIN 2 Switzerland Tel 022 83 12 12 Telex 27835 hpse Cable HEWPACKSA Geneve ASIA Hewlett Packard Asia Ltd 6th Floor Sun Hung Kai Centre 30 Harbour Rd G P O 795 HONG KONG Tel 5 832 3211 After Jan 1 1984 47th Floor China Resources Bldg 26 Harbour Rd Wanchai HONG KONG Telex 66678 HEWPA HX Cable HEWPACK HONG KONG CANADA Hewlett Packard Canada Ltd 6877 Goreway Urive MISSISSAUGA Ontario L4V 1M8 Tel 416 678 9430 Telex 610 492 4246 MEDITERRANEAN AND MIDDLE EAST Hewlett Packard S A Mediterranean and Middle East Operations Atrina Centre 32 Kifissias Ave Paradissos
162. ables will still be attached of course 3 The A5 board should be removed by sliding it off the plastic retaining pins and the con nector that joins it to the A4 board 4 The 5 board may be plugged into the A4 board using the right angle connector hp part number 035601 66508 provided in the accessory kit hp part number 035601 84401 6 67 6 68 7 wain 108 n8 Div ne PUEA 19 RiS 1 E 883 6 54 E E AS h p Part No 35601 66505 ROTE Refer to the Service Group text for disassembly instructions to access this circuit board Reter to Appendix for C diagrams and truth tables NOTE These wavefarms are obtained when the Wein Bridge Oscillator is running that is when S4 Is closed S4 may ba closed using SWITCH subprogram of GO1TST Refer to paragraph 6 28 for the discussion entitled CONTROLLING THE hp 35601A USING SUBPROGRAM SWITCH AS PHASE LOCK LOOP 035601 55505 S s 656 2068 AMPLIFIER D 90 2848 AMPLIFIER L2 c3 4 183 b Se 160 RIS A16 817 918 819 Azo 921 INTEGRATOR 154 196 249309 392 4871619 1 4 84 RS RE R ag as 3 93 1 147 232 365 98013931 2 1 ato 1 R23 54 R2 100 ER v d 3 01K 5 N R 1500 E eam 5
163. ase detector inputs 1GHz to 18GHz These are inputs for the reference vco and the vco under test in Phase Noise Analysis The inputs can operate from 1 0GHz to 18GHZ with a maximum input of 13dBm The impedance of these inputs is 500 Each input may be used for the reference or the device under test Phase detector inputs 1 2GHz to 18GHz These are in puts for the reference vco and the vco under test in Phase Noise Analysis The inputs can operate from 1 2GHz to 18GHz with a maximum input of 10dBm The impedance of these inputs is 50 Each input may be used for the reference or the device under test Phase lock loop vco control voltage output This output pro vides the control voltage for the vco under test in Phase Noise Analysis The output has a 500 source impedance 0 Model 35601A Output to 3585A 1 This output connects to the 1MQ input of the 3585A Output to 3585A 50Q This output connects to the 500 input of the 3585A Signal input This is used in Phase Noise Analysis when it is desired to use an external mixer for phase difference detec tion of the reference and test sources Indicators The four LEDs on the front panel from top to bottom are the following indicators a Out of lock Indicates that the high frequency phase lock loop is not locked or has had a large perturbation in phase error b Overload This LED will light and remain on whenever the signal input instantaneously
164. ave been performed successfully the only circuits being tested are the Tracking Generator Input Pads and relays K3 4 5 and 7 A signal is input to the Tracking Generator Input of the __ hp 35601A from an hp 3325A opt 001 The OUTPUT to 3585A is measured with an hp 3455A voltmeter The program notes the voltmeter reading if the reading is outside the specified limits the user is given the option of retesting The program prints the final results of the test tnitiafizing the Test With the High Frequency Menu displayed press SFK K4 to initialize the test After in itialization follow the instructions displayed on the computer What if the Test Fails Assuming that the previous tests have passed and that the equipment is properly connected one of the input pads or relays K3 4 5 or 7 is probably at fault Refer to Service Group 2 for schematics component locators and circuit descriptions The SWITCH subprogram can be used to isolate the cause of the failure to one of the relays or pads Equipment Set Up TRACKING GENERATOR Q VCO CONTROL VOLTACE 1 PHASE ro COOP 4105 55266 e
165. ble for these instruments A5C7 0160 4801 CAPACITOR FXD 100 5 100VDC CER 5 24 0757 0451 RESISTOR 24 3K 1 125W ASUI2 1826 0111 IC OP AMP GP TO 99 PKG A5C30 is not used in these instruments 4 Y c u zou 2 Lars i 3 3 1 3 5 A J V Baus nn A A 3 3 3 1 i i Ex T nen Me Ls ENS ee a II IT III LT TI A 25 1 A 5 m 7 i ec 25 eee ut EEE ee n k 5 X FE Em m e TE ys Oe o a M lt gt _ 4 rarourwer 031603 66503 per AMPLIFIER 70000 2 uw m HET 819 02 m i AE aen Pa i z g choz Ye Sie Tl 100 E us C ME eros 18143 Eod SV uut V om 0 2552 4 20 cum n A lt 102 CALOD s cares 1 FEO 3 4 4 pot TRON S385A e foa OM 1 T EE 20 4 i eur lt 1 eue 0101 BA dole 42203283 DNE he 2123 ones 814 0 757 4 E Ti Om poe i 2E tun 151 i a 4 d o 1972 spins i 215 n H lt 1 5 j 9 p 1555 YH
166. ceable Parts Cont d Reference Designation Mfr Part Number Description A3R217 0683 4705 RESISTOR 47 25W FC TC 400 4500 01121 84705 838218 0683 2235 RESISTOR 22 5 25W FC TC 400 800 01121 22355 A3R219 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K 5 25W FC TC 400 600 01121 1025 ASR220 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K SZ 254 FC TC 400 600 01121 CE1025 A3R221 0683 4705 RESTSTOR 47 SZ 25M 400 500 01121 Ck4705 ASR222 0757 0467 RESISTOR 121K 1 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1213 F HNO 044010 ASR223 0757 0453 RESISTOR 30 1K 1 125W TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 3012 F ASR224 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K SZ 254 FC TC 400 700 01121 CB1035 A3R225 0683 6815 RESISTOR 680 5 25M FC TC 400 600 01121 CB6815 56226 0757 0444 RESISTOR 12 1 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 1212 A3R228 0583 6825 RESISTOR 6 8K SX 25 FC TC 400 700 01121 25 ASR229 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K SZ 25W FC TC 400 700 01121 CB1033 38230 0683 1025 RESISTOR 1K SZ 25W FC TC 400 600 01121 1025 ASR231 0683 6835 RESISTOR 68K SZ 25W FC TC 400 800 01121 CB6835 AJR232 0683 4705 RESISTOR 47 57 254 FC TC 400 500 01121 CB4705 ASR237 0683 2035 RESISTOR 20K SZ 25 FC TC 400 4800 01
167. companies each test procedure If a test fails and an adjustment isn t sufficient to correct it the procedures indicate key areas to begin troubleshooting Troubleshooting is aided with the SWITCH routine and the Service Groups NOTE Refer to Section II Installation Figure 2 6 and the note preceding it for information on using HP IB cables as instructed in the next paragraph 6 6 Connect The Instruments The following connections should be made before beginning the automatic testing 1 Connect one end of a HP IB cable to the hp 9836 computer HP IB connector or set the HP IB interface hp 98034A to select code 7 and plug the interface into a receptacle in the back of the hp 9845B computer 2 Connect the other end of the HP IB interface cable to the HP IB input connector of the hp 35601A Set the address of the hp 35601A to 15 3 Connect an HP IB cable hp 10833A from the hp 35601A to the HP IB input of the hp 3325A opt 001 Set the hp 3325A opt 001 address to 17 4 Connect an HP IB cable hp 10833A from the hp 3325A opt 001 to the HP IB in put of the hp 3455A Set the hp 3455A address to 22 5 Turn on the power of all the instruments 6 7 Starting The Program To start the test and adjustment program perform the following procedures 1 Insert the data cartridge or disc containing the service program into the right drive of the computer 2 On the hp 9845B enter the following key
168. cope is connected in this manner With the scope connected to various points within the filter the filter shape is Op timized with several other adjustments If the adjustments can be made the test passes The results are printed Initializing the Test If the Low Frequency Menu is displayed press special function key 3 to initialize the test If the High Frequency Menu is displayed press special function key 15 then select the Low Frequency Menu and finally press special function key 3 After initialization follow the in structions displayed on the hp 9845B What if the Test Fails Assuming the previous tests have passed the most likely cause of failure is the 350kHz Bandpass Filter The operation of L11 can be confirmed using SWITCH Refer to Ser vice Group One for schematics component locators and circuit descriptions Equipment Set Up Remove the top cover for this adjustment The oscilliscope is connected to each stage of the band pass filter at the Test points given below 3325 SIGNAL O E IF INPUT FROM 3585 Z BLANK OSCILLOSCOPE TTL A3TP104 or A3TP106 or A3TP105 or OUTPUT TO 3582 B TRIG CHANNEL TTL DREIER Example Wave Shapes R142 __ WCQ CONTROL VOLTAGE a 177777777 MATAN TU AO
169. cuits in the signal path shown in Figure 6 3 If the previous tests have been performed the only untested circuit in this path is the x100 Amplifier Three ad justments must be made to the x100 Amplifier the low frequency input impedance the gain and the dc offset of its output Initially the scope and the hp 3325A opt 001 are connected to the 0 40M Hz Input The input signal is displayed on the scope and the input impedance is adjusted until the correct amplitude is obtained The output signal is then displayed and the gain is adjusted to obtain the correct amplitude Finally the output is measured with an hp 3455A voltmeter and the dc offset is adjusted for zero volts The program allows the user to cycle through these procedures repeatedly to ensure proper adjustment Initializing the x100 Amplifier Test With the High Frequency Menu displayed press SFK to initialize the test After in itialization follow the instructions displayed on the computer What if the Test Fails Assuming that the previous test has passed and that the equipment is properly connected the x100 Amplifier relay K11 or K14 is probably at fault Refer to Service Group Two fora Schematic component locator and circuit description for the 40dB Amplifier The SWITCH subprogram may be useful in troubleshooting this circuit Equipment Set Up A4R51 Adjustment OSCILLOSCOPE NE XT CHA CHB TRIG Q O o SIGNAL NOTE Turn off hp 34
170. d is the 350kHz 370kHz Syn thesizer A 1OMHz reference signal from the rear panel of the hp 3325A opt 001 is input to the 10MHz switching box A counter measures the frequency at A3TP205 ofthe 25 block of the 350kHz 370kHz Synthesizer A 3455A voltmeter is connected to A3TP202 L14 is switched into both states the user is asked to check for the correct frequency reading for each state The counter is then connected to A3TP200 and the test is repeated A procedure for adjusting A3L203 then follows In the next part of the test the counter is connected to the Channel Output and the output of the hp 3325A opt 001 is connected to the IF Input of the hp 35601A Again the frequency reading of the counter is checked for both states of L14 The program doesn t take readings from the counter in this test all readings are user verified The results are printed Initializing the Test With the Low Frequency Menu is displayed press special function key SFK K1 to initialize the test After initialization follow the instructions displayed on the computer What if the Test Fails If the frequency reading at A3TP205 is incorrect check the following circuits e Q200 of the 25 block Q302 of the 10MHz Output Buffer e the 10MHz Reference Input block e the 10MHz Switching board A6 If the frequency reading at A3TP200 is incorrect check the following circuits the 25 block the 35 block the Phase Detector block the 14MHz VCO
171. daptive Coupler and FET switches S8 L1 and L2 The signal must also pass through a Switchable Lowpass Filter _ and an Output Buffer but the filter states are not tested at this time The hp 3325A opt 001 is connected to the 0 40MHz Input to provide 500 termination The synthesizer is set to 0 volts at 0 Hz The Channel output of the Low Frequency board is measured with an hp 3455A voltmeter The program puts the Adaptive Coupler into its AC mode L2 1 The DC offset of the Adaptive Coupler is then adjusted using A3R304 If the adjustment can be made the test passes and the results are printed Initiafizing the Test With the High Frequency Menu displayed press SFK K5 to initialize the test After in itialization follow the instructions displayed on the computer What if the Test Fails Assuming that the previous tests have passed and that the equipment is properly connected one of the switches S8 L1 or L3 the Lowpass Filter or the Adaptive Coupler is probably at fault Refer to Service Group One for schematics component locators and circuit descriptions If S8 is suspected refer to service Group 3 The SWITCH subprogram can facilitate finding the cause of the failure Equipment Set Up OUTPUT 3582 8 CHANNEL WA 1 0 CONTROL Ce 2 _______L Ds EIG
172. dicates whether or not the control voltage being sent to an external oscillator is in an accept able range In particular it warns the user when one of the oscillators is drifting before the phase locked loop unlocks The meter also indicates a quadrature phase relationship be tween two signals sent into the input mixer when Phase Noise measurements without voltage control are being made 6 65 Service Model 35601 A 6 65 Summing Amplifier If the phase locked loop is to be operated the switch U7B is closed Two gains are available depending on whether or not U17C is actuated at the summing junction of op amp U19A This Summing Amplifier combines the error signal for the phase locked loop which comes from U15A with the signal from the Digital to Analog Converter This provides a DC off set at the output of U19A Also summed at the Summing Amplifier is the Noise Source from the hp 3582A if desired or the Tracking Generator signal from the hp 3585A The addi tion of the noise source or the tracking generator permits the measurement of the error func tion of the closed phase locked loop This enables the calculation of the correction factors used in Phase Noise measurements The calculations are based on the actual dynamic condi tions of the phase locked loop when it is closed At the output of the Summing Amplifier Ul9A a signal is sent to the 1MQ input of the hp 3585 for transfer function measuremen
173. e billing and invoicing e Prepay transportation charges e Include a check or money order with each order e Mail order forms and specific ordering information are available through your local hp Sales Service office See the list at the back of this manual for addresses and phone numbers of your local hp office Table 4 2 Manufacturers Code List Me mim _ mm _ Allen Bradley Co Milwaukee WI 53204 Texas Instr Inc Semicond Cmpnt Div Dallas TX 75222 RCA Corp Solid State Div Somerville NJ 08876 KDI Pyrofilm Corp Whippany NJ 07981 Motorola Semiconductor Products Phoenix AZ 85062 Fairchild Semiconductor Div Mountain View CA 94042 Sprague Elect Co Semiconductor Div Concord NH 03301 Siliconix Inc Santa Clara CA 95054 Signetics Corp Sunnyvale CA 94086 Mepco Electra Corp Mineral Wells TX 76067 Emcon Div Itw San Diego CA 92129 Corning Glass Works Bradford Bradford PA 16701 National Semiconductor Corp Santa Clara CA 95051 Hewlett Packard Co Corporate Hq Palo Alto CA 94304 Centre Engineering Inc State College PA 16801 Sprague Electric Co North Adams MA 02147 Electro Motive Corp Sub IEC Willimantic CT 06226 Lambda Electronics Corp Melville NY 11746 Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Replaceable Parts HP Part Mfr Part Number Number Qty Reference Designation Description 35601 66501 356
174. e circuits in the signal path shown in Figure 6 8 If the previous tests have been performed the only circuits that have not been tested are the Wein Bridge Oscillator and the switch 4 The program closes 4 enabling the Wein Bridge Oscillator The output Itk the oscillator is measured with an hp 3455A voltmeter at the VCO Control Voltage Out put The user is given the option of discontinuing the program if something seems to be fail ing The test passes if the voltage swing and frequency are within acceptable limit The pro gram prints the results of the test initializing the Test With the High Frequency Menu displayed press SFK K8 to initialize the test After in itialization follow the instructions displayed on the computer What if the Test Fails Assuming that the DAC test and the Output Attenuator test passed the only probable causes of failure are the switch S4 or Wein Bridge Oscillator SWITCH can be used to open and close S4 this should be done while checking the output of the oscillator using a voltmeter or a scope The signal should then be traced along the path shown in Figure 6 8 us ing a voltmeter or a scope Refer to Service Group Three for schematics component locators and circuit descriptions Equipment Set Up OSCILLOSCOPE CONTROL VOLTAGE i LOTRIO 2
175. e to earlier in struments Where possible backdating changes have been integrated into the manual text parts list and schematic diagrams Changes that are too long or otherwise impractical to in tegrate into the manual are covered in this section 5 2 AS 0 20dB AMPLIFIER 0 20dB ATTENUATOR DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTOR AND WEIN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR CIRCUITS Applies to Serial Numbers 2129A00100 Through 2129A00115 Affected Manual Areas A5 Schematic Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Description of Change The following parts are applicable for these instruments A5C13 0180 0100 CAPACITOR FXD 4 7UF A5C14 0180 0100 CAPACITOR FXD 4 7UF ASRI 0683 4751 RESISTOR 470 ASRI1 0683 4751 RESISTOR 470 A5R30 0698 3223 RESISTOR 1 24K ASR31 0757 0420 RESISTOR 750 ASR32 0698 4421 RESISTOR 249 A5R33 0698 4421 RESISTOR 249 ASR34 0757 0472 RESISTOR 200K 5 58 0757 0446 RESISTOR 15 5 59 0757 0446 RESISTOR 15K ASR72 0757 0280 RESISTOR IK A5R76 0757 0280 RESISTOR IK The following parts apply to Serial Number 2129A00100 5 1 0160 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 5 77 0698 4433 RESISTOR 1UF 2 26K 5 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 80 20 1 20VDC 220VDC 25W 25W 125W 125W 125W 125W 125W 125W 125W 125W 125W 50VDC 125W The following parts apply to Serial Numbers 2129400101 through 2129A00115 ASCII 0160 4835 CAPACITOR FXD 5 77 0698 8025 RESISTOR IUF 1910 50VDC
176. ee control lines pins 9 10 and 11 of U2 select the feedback resistance for U13 The gain is set in 4dB steps from 0 to 28dB eight steps are possible Following U13 is a 6dB attenuator consisting of two resistors R94 and R13 6 62 6 to 20dB Amplifier in 2dB Steps U14 can have a gain ranging from 6 20dB in 2dB steps The output of U14 is fed back via R22 this provides 6dB attenuation to the junction of CR7 and CR8 This point has been clamped at 6 volts to protect the CMOS Multiplexer U3 Pins 9 10 and 11 of U3 select the feedback resistance for U14 This provides eight gain steps from 6dB to 20dB in 2dB steps 6 63 5 Volt Detector and Integrator Following the 6 20dB Amplifier a comparator circuit detects if the input or output of the in tegrator 015 exceeds 2 1 volts If the voltage at the input or output of U15 exceeds 2 1 volts the Out of Lock Flip Flop will be set this closes a switch around the integrator capacitor on U15 i e The integrator becomes a unity gain amplifier when the 2 1 Volt Detector trips It is assumed that if the voltages at this point have exceeded 2 1 volts the loop is either out of lock or on the verge of being out of lock Therefore if the voltage ex ceeds 2 1 volts the Out of Lock Flip Flop is set and the the LED on the front panel label ed OUT OF LOCK TRIPPED is turned on 6 64 Front Panel Meter Following the Integrator is a meter which is mounted on the front panel This meter in
177. erence Designation 4 20 HP Part Number 0186 0230 0180 0250 0180 0230 0130 0230 0180 0230 0180 0230 0180 0230 0180 0230 1902 1369 1702 1369 1962 1217 2110 0012 0737 0408 0698 3152 0757 0408 0698 3152 T 39279 1826 0402 1826 0403 1820 0430 1826 0523 1826 0423 Un O m oo bAn UA ANON Table 4 3 Replaceable Parts Cont d Oty pb f mb p Description CHASSIS MOUNTED ELECTRICAL COM CAPACTTOR FXO 1UF 20 50 TA CAPACITOR FAD 1UF 20 SOVDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50 0 TA i CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20Z SOVDC CAPACTTOR FXD 1UF 20 SOVDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 1UF1 20 SOVDE TA CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 SOVDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 1UF4 29Z2 SOVDC TA DIODE ZMR 1433168 17V 52 PD SOW IR FUA DIONE ZNR 1N2316B 17V 50 IR ZUA DIODC ZNR 6 2U SX DO 4 10 TC 055 FUSE 2509 NID 1 25 25 UL RESISTOR 243 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 48 1 125W TC 9 190 RESISTOR 243 1 1254 F TC 0 100 RESTSTUR 3 48 1X 125W F 1C 0 190 TRANSFORMER POWER IE Y RGLIR TO 3 IC V RGLTR TO 3 TC 309 RGLIR 70 3 357 RGLTR TO 3 V 10 3 Mfr Code 26289 56289 56289 56789 56289 56289 56289 56289 28460 28480 28480 28480 24246 22546 245346 24546 28480 33193 80103 07243 27014 27014 See introduction to this section for ordering informat
178. erload condition still exists however the overload Flip Flop will immediately set again In this case the front panel indicator will remain on Pressing KO will not turn the indicator on i e set the Overload Flip Flop if it is off K1 Toggle Out Of Lock Pressing this key resets the Out of Lock Flip Flop on the A5 board which turns off the OUT OF LOCK indicator on the front panel of the hp 35601A If an out of lock condi tion still exists the Out of Lock Flip Flop will immediately set again In this case the front panel indicator will remain on Pressing K1 will not turn the indicator on if it is off K2 Change DAC When this key is pressed the display prompts the operator to enter a number from 10 to 10 When this number is entered and CONTINUE is pressed the computer sends the ap propriate data to the hp 35601A The number must be a multiple of 0 04 or the software will round the absolute value of the number to the lower multiple of 0 04 In addition the computer display is updated to show the present output voltage of the DAC Change Gain1 This key affects the gain of the 0 28dB Amplifier When the calculator prompts the user to enter a number a multiple of 4 from 0 to 28 should be entered followed by pressing CON TINUE The hp 9845B will change the gain to the value entered and update its display to reflect the change K4 Change Gain2 This key affects the gain of the 6 20dB Amplifier When t
179. ers 6 49 Service Model 35601 A 6 39 50kHz and 0 16Hz Filters Each 50kHz filter consists of a lowpass and a highpass section arranged so that the input impedance of the network is 500 at all frequencies this matches the output impedance of the mixers The output of each lowpass section is amplified by 20 In channel A the X20 amplifier feeds a highpass filter with a cutoff frequency 0 16Hz The reason for the 0 16Hz highpass filter is to maximize the sensitivity of the hp 3582 when measuring amplitude fluc tuations 6 40 Loop Shaping Control and Lock Detector The output of the channel B X20 amplifier is fed to the Loop Shaping Control whose output drives the VCXO control voltage input In the beginning of a measurement the integrator U300a in the Loop Shaping Control is disabled The lock range of the phase locked loop in this state is from about 100Hz to 150Hz This configuration is used to acquire lock Once the Lock Detector has determined that the loop is locked it enables the integrator in the Loop Shaping Control This changes the lock range of the phase locked loop to about 5Hz to 10Hz The Lock Detector will disable the integrator if no IF signal is present the integrator op amp is saturated the phase detector is operating in a non linear region or if the operator disables the integrator by calculator control The Lock Detector can also be overridden by calculator control to force the integrator
180. est This test checks the circuits in the signal path shown in Figure 6 15 The circuits that are specifically tested are the Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillator including two adjustments the Loop Shaping Control and the Lock Detector A signal is input to the IF Input from an hp 3325A opt 001 First the Channel B output is measured with a counter while the VCO center frequency is adjusted this is done with L12 open Then the Channel output is measured with a scope while the VCO tuning range is adjusted this is done with L12 closed The test passes if the adjustments can be made The results are printed Initializing the Test With the Low Frequency Menu displayed press SFK K2 to initialize the test After initializa tion follow the instructions displayed on the computer What if the Test Fails Assuming the previous tests have passed the most probable cause of failure will be one of the following the VCxO the Loop Shaping Control the Lock Detector the associated switches and their driving circuits Refer to Service Group One for schematics component locators and circuit descriptions subprogram SWITCH can be helpful in isolating the problem Equipment Set Up 3325 SIGNAL 9 IF INPUT FROM 3585 OUTPUT TO 3582 B CHANNEL OSCILLOSCOPE EXT CHA TRIG 2 TTL MARKER TTL Set Up For A3R324 Adjustment OUTPUT TO 3582 8 CHANNEL Se
181. et must not be negated by the use of an extension cord without a protective conductor 2 If this instrument is to be energized via an auto transformer to reduce or increase the line voltage make sure that the common ter minal is connected to the Earth pole of the power source Installation 2 2 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 3047 2 1 Figure 2 1 Line Voltage Ranges 2 5 INSTALLATION INTO SYSTEM The hp 3047A is supplied with the hp 35601 A Spectrum Analyzer Interface already in stalled Unless the instrument has been removed from the system for calibration or service just check for proper fuse installation and line voltage selection before applying power to the instrument 2 6 Line Voltage and Fuse Selection Before applying ac line power to the hp 35601A be sure that the VOLTAGE SELECTOR switches are set for the proper line voltage and the correct line fuse is installed in the rear panel FUSE holder Voltage selection switches on the rear panel are used to configure the instrument to operate on one of four input line voltage ranges The range of input voltages for each configuration of the switches is illustrated in Figure 2 1 Set the switches to conform with the line voltage to be used with this instrument The switch positions for each input voltage range are in dicated on the rear panel and in Figure 2 2 Verify that the line fuse installed in the fuse holder on the rear panel is the
182. f only one block Use SWITCH to check the operation of the switches Refer to Service Group One for schematics component locators and circuit descriptions Equipment Set Up 10 MHZ REFERENCE INPUT 10 MHZ OVEN OUTPUT y Q IF INPUT FROM 3585 402 2 BLANK TTL 1 OR OUTPUT TO 3582 A CHANNEL oR OUTPUT TO 3582 CHANNEL MARKER TTL Example Wave Shapes 500 kHz Low Pass Filter Shape to hp J582A Channel A and i amp o eu 8 a H BE e HU amp a NT IL EXOT BEN go E sl amm 48 zei Tees 3 He f mz O Hh fi p 02 0 288 OE spas 554 oo Fe t Se men a3 me 4 lassen tusen HIGH FREQUENCY iu 4 J3 44 m DETECTOR INPUTS KIS 45 lt 1 6 CH BIKER t SS E 3505 enan Surf 10 ax cur un LPF UStO FOR CARALER_FALO S lt 9 FILTER 350 370 KHz STMTHESIZER AS PHASE LOCKED LOOP cORTAOL ROSISTCO FOR
183. f the Test Fails If this test fails check the circuitry around the faulty signatures If the handshake circuits are working the problem is probably in one of the latches or multiplexers this type of prob lem should be easy to isolate with signature readings If the handshake circuits are not work ing probably none of the signatures on the board will be correct Refer to Service Group Four for troubleshooting techniques of the handshake circuitry Also refer to Service Group Four for schematics component locators and circuit descriptions men wwe M A o o fLATCH STATE ew TTT q CONTROL LATCHES y INDICATORS M ot 1074 53 D 23 1 03 1 552 4 pS 9 1 135 13 15 E de um 5 KS rx EI le mn w ja ju 45 ud de ei ADDRESSED FLIP FLOP IFC a Perrre prrerrrrrert rr 2 ar 5 Fe sja la ie 218 iz 1422 4 113658 511 PR ie 25 SL SE Sif Sv al A I 4 Rb Le end dy ha 33 Sa 3 251 5 1 2 i sv KE sv Sul
184. for R80 which is used for amplified measurements that are made by the hp 3582A 6 54 Tracking Generator Input Pads When K7 is closed J1 sends the hp 3585A Tracking Generator output through a 35dB pad to K5 The signal from K7 can also be passed by K6 to the Phase Locked Loop Control Board A5 for transfer function measurements The signal may also be sent through 5 to the succession of 3dB pads and K2 the calibration relay into either the bypass path or the lowpass filter to amplifier paths After this point the signal is measured by the hp 3585A and used to calibrate the insertion losses or gains of these various paths so that exact gain values are available for use by the software 6 55 Armstrong Modulator Related Paths If K5 is left in its normally closed position and if K3 K4 and K2 are actuated then a signal from the Armstrong modulator is sent to the hp 3585A The Armstrong modulator signal is used for flatness checks of the Noise Sideband measurement mode J2 and J9 on the High Frequency Board A4 receive signals from the PhaseLocked Loop Control Board A5 J2 is the output feeding the IM ohm input of the hp 3585 J9 receives the phase locked loop control voltage for the external oscillator being used in the Phase Noise measurement 6 56 Lag Lead The High Frequency Board A4 has a lag lead network which attenuates noise from the Phase Locked Loop Control Board above about 3 5 kHz This consists of the followin
185. from blowing In the 40dB amplifier the inputs are protected by the diodes until the fuse can burn out or until the overload circuitry shuts down the input signal in the case of an overload The amplifier has two parallel circuit paths a high frequency path and a DC path The signals are diplexed between these two paths by C28 and L16 the approximate cutoff fre quency is 170Hz All signals above 170Hz pass through the high frequency section of the amplifier all signals lower than 170Hz go through the DC path C28 L16 R54 and R51 are chosen or set so that the input impedance of the amplifier is approximately 43 ohms The Model 35601A Model 35601 A Service resistance of F2 is approximately 7 ohms so the signal from the Lowpass Filters and the mixers is terminated into 50Q at all frequencies In the AC path Ql through Q4 form a 20dB low noise amplifier with shunt feedback to set the input impedance to 43 ohms This amplifier is AC coupled to an operational amplifier circuit which sums the AC signals from Q4 and DC signals from US the low frequency path This amplifier has 20dB gain and has feedback via R77 and C32 C32 is chosen to set the high frequency response in the amplifier In the DC path the output is taken from US via the low pass filter L18 R52 R53 and C27 There is a DC feedback path from the output of U9 to the input of US to set the 43 ohm input impedance of the DC amplifier The output of Q9 is a pick off point
186. g components L19 R88 R112 R89 and C34 6 57 Power Supplies Power supplies for both the High Frequency Board and the Phase Locked Loop Control Board come from J13 of the A5 Board The filtering for each supply takes place on the High Frequency Board Power is passed to the Phase Locked Loop Control Board from the High Frequency Board via A5J1 and A4J14 6 58 Relay Drivers All of the relays on the A4 board are actuated by Darlington transistor relay drivers Each relay driver has additional filtering RF filtering at the relay consists of either two resistors and two capacitors or two inductors and two capacitors In several cases the relays are operated such that when one relay in a circuit path is closed the circuit path is completed by another relay being open In this way when one relay is activated the other is deactivated and combined power consumption of the two relays remains constant Service Model 35601 6 59 Making Phase Noise Measurements with Voltage Control the 1298 Amplifier In order to make Phase Noise measurements on oscillators from 5MHz to 18GHz a phase locked loop must be established between the reference oscillator and the oscillator under test Either of these oscillators may be voltage controlled In this case a frequency correc tion signal from the output of a Mixer on the A4 Board must be provided for the voltage controlled oscillator The output for this phase locked loop control
187. ge V BACKDATING 5 1 5 2 5 1 Introduction 5 1 5 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS 5 2 5 0 20 dB Amplifier 0 20 dB Attenuator Digital To Analog Convertor and Wein Bridge Oscillator Circuits 5 1 5 3 10 MHz 10 MHz REF Input Phase Detector Mixer Driver and Low Pass Filter Circuits 5 2 5 4 A5 Summing Amplifier Buffer and 0 20 dB Amplifier Circuit 5 2 Table of Contents Section Page VI SERVICE 6 1 6 1 Introduction 6 1 6 2 Safety Considerations 6 1 6 3 Recommended Test Equipment 6 3 6 4 Automatic Testing and Adjustments 6 4 6 5 General Instructions 6 4 6 6 Connect The Instruments 6 4 6 7 Starting The Program 6 4 6 8 Selecting a Menu 6 5 6 10 Bypass Path Test 6 9 6 11 2 MHz Lowpass Filter Test 6 10 6 11 x100 Amplifier Test 6 11 6 12 6 12 Pads in Tracking Generator Input Path Test 6 13 6 14 6 13 Adaptive Coupler Test 6 15 6 16 6 14 Digital to Analog Converter 165 iaa ds 6 17 6 18 6 15 Output Attenuator Test 6 19 6 20 6 16 Wein Bridge Oscillator Test 6 21 6 22 6 17 Noise Input to Summing Junction Test 6 23 6 24 6 18 Tracking Generator Input to Summing Junction Test 6 25 6
188. gram prints the results of all the tests Initializing the Test With the High Frequency Menu displayed press shift SFK K2 hp 9836 or SFK K12 hp 9845B to initialize the test After initialization follow the instructions displayed on the computer What if the Test Fails If the state of either flip flop was incorrect at the beginning of the test check the operation of the detection circuits as well as the flip flop circuits themselves However if the flip flops were in the proper states and assuming that the previous tests have passed the probable causes of failure include the following 12dB Amplifier 0 28dB Amplifier 6dB Attenuator 6 20dB Amplifier Integrator 6dB Pad Using SWITCH vary the gain of the blocks one at a time and confirm that the gain changes Also make sure that the 12dB Amplifier the 6dB Attenuator and the Integrator work by measuring the input and output of each SWITCH should also be used to check the operation of relay K10 and switch S3 Refer to Service Groups 2 and 3 for schematics component locators and circuit descriptions Equipment Set Up 22S SSS OUTPUT TO X 1i Los 4 813 K2 Gain Step Measurement and A4R38 Adjustment hp 35601A FRONT PANEL hp 35601A CH rsen aem ven 4 FREQUENCY 3582 13 CARRIER FRfO lt
189. hable Lowpass Filters Test 6 41 2 5 Power 2 5 6 19 HP IB Test with Digital Signature 2 6 HP IBConnector 2 7 518 6 43 6 44 3 1 hp 35601A Front Panel 3 2 6 20 Schematic and Component 3 2 35601 Rear Panel 3 3 3 4 6 45 5 1 Schematic and Component 6 21 A3 Schematic and Component ita 5 3 5 4 eeeee 6 53 6 54 5 2 A3 Schematic and Component 6 22 Schematic and Component En XM 5 5 5 6 6 55 6 56 6 1 Bypass Path Test 6 7 6 8 6 23 Power Supply Filters and 6 2 2MHz Lowpass Filter Test 6 9 6 10 Control Input 6 57 6 58 6 3 100 Amplifier Test 6 11 6 12 6 24 4 Schematic and Component 6 4 Pads in Tracking Generator Input EOCAMO 6 63 6 64 Pads 6 13 6 14 6 25 5 Schematic and Component 6 5 Adaptive Coupler Test 6 15 6 16 E A rg 6 69 6 70 6 6 Digital to Analog Converter Test 6 17 6 18 6 28 Al Schematic and Component Locator 6 7 Output Attenuator Test 6 19 6 20 with Digital Signature Analysis 6 77 6 78 6 8 Wein Bridge Oscillator Test 6 21 6 22 6 29 Power 6 79 6 80 6 9 Noise Input to Summing Junction 6 30 Schematic and Component
190. he calculator prompts the user to enter a number a multiple of 2 from 6 to 20 should be entered followed by pressing CON TINUE The computer will change the gain to the value entered and update its display to reflect the change K5 Change Lead Lag This key changes the lead lag characteristics of the phase locked loop on the 5 board When the calculator prompts the user a number from 0 to 7 should be entered followed by pressing CONTINUE The computer will change the lead lag number to the entered value and update its display to reflect the change K6 Change Attenuation1 Pressing this key enables the user to change the attenuation of the 0 20dB Attenuator The computer prompts the user to enter a number 1 5 2 or 1 that represents the ratio of the output voltage to the input voltage of the attenuator When CONTINUE is pressed the state of the attenuator is changed and the calculator display is updated Service Model 35601 A K7 Change Attenuation2 Pressing this key enables the user to select the attenuation of the 0 or 6dB Attenuator The computer prompts the user to enter a number 1 or 5 that represents the ratio of the output voltage to the input voltage of the attenuator When CONTINUE is pressed the state of the attenuator is changed and the computer display is updated K8 ENTER SETTINGS hp 9836 Pressing this key permits the user to change the state of the relays and switches shown in
191. his manual for a discussion of basic safety precautions and safety symbology The 35601A front panel contains a A symbol which is an international symbol mean ing refer to the Operating and Service Manual The symbol flags important operating in structions located in Section III required to prevent damage to the instrument To retain the operating condition of the instrument these instructions must be adhered to 1 5 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT The equipment recommended for the testing and calibration of the hp 35601 A is shown in Table 1 1 Model 35601 Table 1 1 Recommended Test Equipment Critical Recommended Specifications hp Model No A a LISS Desktop Computer HP 1B Capability hp 9836 or hp 98458 with hp 98034A Synthesizer HP 1B Controllable hp 3325A opt 001 10MHz Reference Digital Voltmeter HP 18 Controllable hp 3455A Oscilloscope 75MHz Bandwidth Signature Analyzer hp 50044 5002 Termination En hp 11048A Service Tape for hp 9845B Series 100 or Service Tape for hp 9845B Series 200 hp part number 35601 10001 hp part number 35601 10006 or Service Disc hp part number for hp 9836 35601 10011 hp 180A 1808A 1821A or hp 1740A hp 5314A 5 BNC Cables hp 11170C 2 hp part number 1250 0781 General Information 1 3 1 4
192. ier is in the power com biner and phase modulation is generated AM is generated by mixing the 10MHz signal with the DC offset Noise Source of the hp 3582 The output of the mixer is then AM modulated 10MHz The result from this is a flat AM or PM noise spectrum about a 10MHz carrier If this AM or PM modulated 10MHz is fed into the hp 3047 system the output would be a flat AM or PM noise plot REMOVING THE A7 BOARD FOR SERVICING When servicing is required the A7 board may be accessed by removing the cover of the shielding box labeled ARMSTRONG MODULATOR 6 85 6 86 rt ent ao ae ke et ar a 7 h p Part No 35601 66507 REV A2 NOTE Refer to the Service Group text for disassembly instructions to access this circuit board NOTE Refer to Appendix 8 for IC diagrams and truth tables come woe 2 rt 1 1 1 t 5 Y i A7 ARMSTRONG NODULATOR 033601 66507 osu a CONTROL 1 44 113 M so Su 4 enon ast l2 4 1 U7b 07 2 NT s 114 4 1 4 7 Ka 3582 NOISE INPUT 1 o E l F 5 amp YN 10 MHz QUAORATURE HYBAT c gu 2348 PAD P eR 86 POWER COMBINER oe wee 5 CR gt amp eem DOUBLE BALANCED MIXER T
193. into the circuit 6 41 10MHz Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillator The VCXO is a grounded base oscillator the center of the tuning range is controlled by the bias on varicaps CR300 CR303 This bias is set by adjusting R367 The width of the tuning range is varied by changing the gain in the last amplifier of the Loop Shaping Control U300b with R360 The purpose of these adjustments is to make a zero volt control voltage correspond to a 1OMHz output from the oscillator and to ensure that the frequency range of the VCXO is 6kHz The rest of the circuitry in the VCXO disables the oscillator if the hp 3585 IOMHz reference is used 6 42 Adaptive Coupler The adaptive coupler is either a unity gain amplifier or a highpass filter with a cutoff fre quency of 0 16Hz If the highpass filter is selected the capacitor C328 initially charges through a low resistance this reduces the settling time of the highpass filter Both the con trol voltage of the 10MHz VCXO and the AS board output are inputs to the Adaptive Coupler The output of the Adaptive Coupler is routed to the hp 3582 6 43 350kHz 370kHz Synthesizer The output of the 10MHz Output Buffer is fed into the 25 circuit This 400kHz is a reference for a phase locked loop which synthesizes 14MHz or 14 8MHz depending on the state of L14 This 14MHz or 14 8MHz signal is divided by 40 to provide the LO signal for the mixer of 350kHz or 370kHz This phase locked loop consists of a Phase De
194. ion Indicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts Mfr Part Number 1502105 005042 1500105X0050A2 1500105X0050A2 15 D105X005042 1500105 0050 2 1500105 0050 2 1500105 0050 2 1500105 0050 2 1902 1359 1702 1369 1702 1217 2110 0012 4 1 8 0 243 C4 1 8 T0 3431 C4 1 8 T0 243R F C4 1 8 T0 3481 F 39279 1045 1515 LAS 1815 LMSO7K 527 LM317K Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 4 3 Replaceable Parts Cont d Part lc Number o Qty Reference Designation Descr iption Mfr Part Number MISCELLANEOUS MECHANICAL PARTS 55501 00601 35601 00602 SHIEL D FRONT SHIEI_D REAR 28480 28430 35601 00601 35691 03602 9100 3875 FILTER 28480 9100 3879 3101 2042 SWITCH SLIDE 28480 3101 2042 3101 2042 SWITCH SLIDE 28480 3101 2042 35601 00103 1 MAIN DECK 8480 35501 00103 33601 00201 1 FRONT SUE PANEL 28486 35601 00201 35601 00202 1 REAR PANEL 28480 35601 09202 1 1 35601 00602 35601 01201 33601 01203 35601 04101 35601 04102 SHIELD TRANSFORMER BRACKET POWER SWITCH BRACKET REGULATOR COVER INSULATOR COVER TOP PERFORATED 28480 28480 28480 29480 35601 00603 35601 01201 35601 01203 35601 04101 35601 04102 mb p ph
195. ion of the Al board works the same in the remote mode as it does in the local mode However in the remote mode the input to the Data Selectors is from the HP IB and the load data pulse is generated by the Handshake circuitry 6 71 Service Model 35601 HP IB input lines have a low true logic definition The signals denoted with are HP IB control lines When the A1 board is addressed to listen or the ATN line is true low the Al board must do a three wire handshake to get data from lines DIO1 through DIO8 This is done using the NRFD and NDAC lines which are driven by the Handshake circuitry 6 80 Handshake Three R S flip flops each consisting of gates are included in the circuit for this discussion these will be defined as FF1 FF2 and FF3 FF1 consists of U32A and U32B where pin 4 is defined as Q1 FF2 consists of U32C and U32D where pin 13 is defined as Q2 FF3 the ad dressed flip flop consists of U27B 9250 with the output defined as LADS at pin 8 Figure 6 25 shows the timing relationship of the handshake signals Figure 6 26 is a state diagram of the events the handshake which shows the outputs of and FF2 Q1 Q2 as their inputs vary The output of U33A is pin 4 and defined as MONOI The output of U33B is pin 5 and de fined as MONO2 U33A is triggered by a positive going edge on pin 3 the monostable signal 1 has a period of 0 5
196. is taken from the output of K9 the 2MHz Lowpass Filter or the 2MHz Lowpass Filter bypass The signal at this point passes through an inductor and fuse 1 which protects U4 when K10 is closed The clamp diodes CR7 10 also protect U4 With K10 closed L15 and the stray circuit capacitance form a IMHZ low pass filter U4 amplifies the phase error signal by 12dB a fac tor of four then passes the signal to the Phase Locked Loop Control Board REMOVING THE A4 BOARD FOR SERVICING When servicing is required the A4 board may be accessed by following these procedures 1 Remove the trim strips from the top and bottom of the front panel frame 2 Remove the retaining screws for the front panel these are normally hidden by the trim strips The front panel assembly should now be easily removable the various cables will still be attached of course 3 The AS board should be removed by sliding it off the plastic retaining pins and the con nector that joins it to the A4 board 4 Remove the screws securing the stainless steel cover to the back of the front panel assembly 5 Now that the A4 board is accessible the A5 board may be plugged into the A4 board using the right angle connector hp part number 035601 66508 provided in the accessory kit hp part number 035601 84401 The A4 board may be tested while in this configuration although you may experience some difficulty in identifying some of the components If this is the case or if a c
197. istics of the external oscillator within the phase locked loop U15B is a buffer for the Lag Lead network 6 69 0 to 20 dB Attenuator Output The Lag Lead Network is followed by 0 to 20dB attenuator The phase locked loop error signal is finally sent to the external oscillator via pin 2 of J1 on the A5 Board Model 35601 Service 6 70 FET Switch Drivers All control signals from the HP IB Interface board Al for both A4 and AS boards are sent via A1J2 and a 50 pin cable to J2 on the A5 board The control signals used on the A4 board are simply passed from J1 of the A5 board to J14 of the A4 board The control signals that operate the CMOS devices of A5 U2 U3 U4 are tied to 5 volts with resistor pack R89 The 5 volts is necessary to guarantee that the CMOS will be switched properly All the control signals that operate the FET switches of A5 U5 U6 U7 U17 are inverted with U8 U9 and U10 so that any FET switch will be opened when its control line is low 6 71 Overload Flip Flop The Phase Locked Loop Control Board A5 contains Overload Flip Flop U11B If an overload occurs J1 pin 7 is pulled low which pre sets U11B the Q output pin 9 goes high This output is inverted with U8E and sent to the A4 board where it disables some of the relay drivers The inverted output of U11B 8 is sent to Q1 to drive the front panel overload indicator 6 72 Out of Lock Flip Flop The Out of Lock Flip Flop is U11
198. lip Flop 6 67 6 68 6 73 Digital to Analog Converter 6 67 6 68 6 74 6 71 6 75 Detailed Description of the Al AA 6 71 6 76 Power Supply 6 71 6 77 Start up ofthe Al Board 6 71 6 78 Local Operation 6 71 6 79 Remote Operation 6 71 6 80 Handshake 6 72 6 81 Addressing the A1 Board 6 73 6 82 Troubleshooting the Digital Circuitry of the Al Board 6 75 6 83 Description of the Board 6 81 6 82 6 84 Description of the A7 Board 6 85 6 86 Appendix Page As Operating the hp 35601A Locally A 1 B Integrated Circuit Diagrams and Truth A O B 1 Model 35601 Table of Contents LIST OF ILLUSTRATION Figure Page Figure Page 1 1 The hp 35601A Spectrum Analyzer 6 13 1 5GHz Mixer DC Offset Test 6 31 6 32 Interface Installed in the hp 3047A 1 1 6 14 350kHz 370kHz Synthesizer Test 6 33 6 34 2 1 Line Voltage Ranges 2 2 6 15 Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillator 2 2 Switch Positions For Line Voltage 6 35 6 36 RANGES co oo sessi pex bM is 2 2 6 16 350kHz Bandpass Filter 6 37 6 38 2 3 Address 2 3 6 17 X20and X5 Amplifiers Test 6 39 6 40 2 4 Mounting Hardward 2 4 6 18 Switc
199. lts Initiafizing the Bypass Path Test With the High Frequency Menu displayed press special function key SFK to initialize the test After initialization follow the instructions displayed on the computer What if the Test Fails After determining that the test equipment was connected properly determine which relay is bad This can be accomplished using a scope to see at which relay the input signal is not pre sent Also SWITCH subprogram could be used to open and close the relays while checking the continuity of each relay Refer to Service Group Two for schematics and com ponent locators In all likelihood only one of the relays is bad If however the entire in strument is not responding to HP IB command proceed to Service Group Four for HP IB handshake troubleshooting Equipment Set Up ivcO CONTROL VOLTAGE r PHASE LOCKED 007 1 LOCKED 6 33 ant wot e s 3 LOOP 15 LOCKED URN KIO 33 4 SS RS e Heuser mE SEUR SEV reg A4 HIGH FREQUENCY 1 GAVE OELH CONTECTED AND ADJUSTED FOR toos PHASE MOISE MIATURIMINI 33 E OMEN
200. mplifierS 6 51 6 45 Lowpass FilterS 6 51 6 46 6 59 6 47 Detailed Description of the A4 ase EE RES 6 59 6 48 Input 6 59 6 49 One Pole Lowpass Filter 6 59 6 50 60MHz Lowpass Filter 6 59 6 51 Overload Detector 6 60 6 52 2MHz Lowpass Filter 6 60 6 53 40dB Amplifier 6 60 6 54 Tracking Generator Input Pads 6 61 6 55 Armstrong Modulator Related oes 6 61 6 56 Lap Lead ee 6 61 6 57 Power 6 61 6 58 Relay 6 61 6 59 Making Phase Noise Measurements with Voltage Control the 12dB Amplifier 6 62 6 60 Detailed Discussion of the AS BOARS 6 65 6 61 Oto 28dB Amplifier in 4dB Steps 6 65 6 62 6 to 20dB Amplifier in 2dB Steps 6 65 Model 35601 A TABLE OF CONTENTS Cont d Section Page 6 64 Front Panel Meter 6 65 6 63 5 Volt Detector and Integrator 6 65 6 65 Summing Amplifier 6 66 6 66 Wein Bridge Oscillator 6 66 6 67 Oscillation Detector 6 66 6 68 Lag Lead Network 6 66 6 69 0 to 20 dB Attenuator Output 6 66 6 70 FET Switch Drivers 6 67 6 68 6 71 Overload Flip Flop 6 67 6 68 6 72 Out of Lock F
201. n 50 o te tka 1FIER 05 mixen Pa Sanne M l 0105 ger un u 4015 i 1 1 j 220 9 gt CHARNEL OUTPUT 4 MIXER 4 CONNECTED 10 GYtRLOAD MD CUT OF ADEK FLIP FLOPS 07 AS ANARO TU Ee Ro ac um WO NU TUA gle a NS ge EA CEU A EU 3 601 80 Figure 6 16 350kHz Bandpass Filter 350kHz Bandpass Filter 6 37 6 38 Fr CEOs RES rai uie RE amp 3 i 6 25 X20 and X5 Amplifiers Test This test checks the circuits shown in the signal path in Figure 6 17 In particular the X20 and X5 Amplifiers of channels A and are tested The same signal sources are used in this test as were used in the previous test An hp 3455A Multimeter is connected to the output of each SOkHz Lowpass Filter to check rolloffs The voltmeter is connected to Channel A and B Outputs to check for pr per gain of the the amplifiers and the proper peaking in the 5 Amplifiers The results of the test are printed Initlalizing the Test With the Low Frequency Menu displayed press SFK K4 to initialize the test After initializa tion Tollow the instructions displayed on the computer What if the Test Fails Assuming the previous tests have passed the most likely cause of failure would be the 50kHz Lowpass Filter the X20 Amplifier or the X5 Amplifier of either channel Isolation of the failure should be straightforward because each test checks the operation o
202. n the A4 board K7 K8 K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 K14 Switches on the board S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 only one of S5 S6 S7 and S8 may be selected FO F1 F2 one of Switchable Lowpass Filter these will always be on the A3 board displayed LO L1 L2 L3 L4 LS Switches on the A3 A6 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L11 and A7 boards 112 113 114 115 L16 L17 118 119 120 121 6 48 Model 35601 Service SERVICE GROUP ONE A3 BOARD LOW FREQUENCY INTERFACING 6 33 INTRODUCTION TO THE A3 BOARD The hp 35601 board provides the mixdown for the 3585 IF Output This is ac complished by mixing the 350kHz IF signal from the hp 3585A with either a 350kHz or a 370kHz signal synthesized by the board The output is either DC or 20kHz and is ana lyzed by the hp 3582 6 34 The A3 Board in the Narrow Band Analysis Mode In the Narrow Band Analysis mode the A3 board is configured as follows The 350kHz IF from the hp 3585A is bandpass filtered before being mixed with 370kHz to generate 20kHz The 20kHz is then amplified and analyzed on channel B of the hp 3582A The 370kHz is synthesized from the hp 3585 10MHz oven reference 6 35 The Board in the Analysis Mode In the Side Band Analysis Mode the hp 3585A 350kHz IF output is used as a reference for a phase locked loop on the A3 board The IF is amplified and mixed with 350kH
203. nd accessing the menu that is not displayed The SWITCH entry accesses a routine that aids the technician in troubleshooting the hp 35601A by setting internal switches relays at tenuators and amplifiers to obtain alternate signal paths The INITIALIZE PROGRAM CHOOSE HF LF MENU entry provides access to the alternate high frequency or low fre quency menu routines from the displayed menu NOTE If you are beginning the tests and adjustments procedures on instrument for the first time i e for initial testing or prior to ser vicing select the High Frequency Menu and run the tests sequen tially exclude the SWITCH routine Then select the Low Fre quency Menu and run these tests sequentially NOTE If you find that the hp 35601A is not responding to HP IB com mand proceed directly to Service Group Four Al HP IB control and Power Supply The HP IB handshake circuitry must be working before the hp 35601A test program can be of any use ne a ERS T E E 44 ood Re Se onc 6 9 Bypass Path Test This test checks the continuity of the signal path shown in Figure 6 1 A signal is input at the 0 40MHz Input of the hp 35601A it is then measured with an hp 3455A voltmeter at the 500 OUTPUT TO 3585A The program displays equipment set up instructions performs the test displays the desired results asks if a retest is desired and prints the resu
204. nd pro vides a 16dBm reference output for the hp 3047 system It also provides a 10dBm 10 signal for the Armstrong Modulator and it provides a 3dBm signal which is used by the hp 35601 A3 board in the Narrow Band Analysis mode REMOVING THE BOARD FOR SERVICING When servicing is required the A6 board may be accessed by removing the cover of the shielding box labeled 10 Switching 6 81 6 82 dem aa a M 4 At Dd h p Part 35601 66506 REV A Refer to the Service Group text for dissasembiy instructions to access this circult board Refer to Appendix B for IC diagrams and truth tables a OUTPUT AMPLIFIER op dH 1 F to BUFFERS E i EA L lo Th 1i BUFFEREO inc ha REF ij e 1 svi Y A c11 001 1 5 108881 2052 han Ses OUTPUT AMPLIFIER de FRON SSESA 813 i 3 25 4 i T E 1 bc 85 SWITCHING TE d 19 es 11 1 1 L 3 0 1 1 2 N 1 2 c10 4 lt lt 816 S APO 0i OUTPUT 2 10 A333 i y 2 FRON 134 S1 8144 i i5 7 4 4 748 enon 097 cs 4 g i i Bee errr cit 1981
205. nn ug E yn Ln ass T 6416 445 3 300 i C116 d M o i 1 4 1 af 8405 A333 1 Sn 3 1 s eios mu 441 8446 ie 1345 245953 7 BOR TRIG 8333 L316 gt e cipa HU Soros aN amp R401 12400 1 9 12304 UPS ag ur 1 3 201 cis ass 7 usoittz i TO cun 7935 91 10 215 8424 51 1 203 y ee ens qq o a E xn ea LOW PASS FILTER 1 at 0 cas 46 28400 1 1 s 1 Ye 69 cezo cs03 alias 4775 8400 13 IN AR 1301 15V 153 us E a EN un 9301 abe g B asso 20 n co SWITCHABLE LPF 1 Ai0 8308 4505 LI ME 4 75 7 4502 2 1 CROO R 400 Rt 21505 UAM 15 as Bio o oe 15V T 8 g ne tant n SOKHz LPF y as 2 8 6 i LAS 1416 1417 249 3 24 222 225uH 225UN 110uH V 3 4437 L500 500 8400 C306 Fo 18 18 8305 mm city fe dit cg T E 2 4 gu i302 2 jaj AT un 848 ad 5 0 17 y m 3 8433 1 i A3 1 4 82 442 cats nit 2 3 cas 7 cu 2033 C38 22005 t 12406 h p Part 35601 65503 3938 15V 2 470K j 416 1316 010 y e200 1P306 1 1050 800082 m MO
206. ns of the cables are those of the original installation See the hp 3047A Installation Manual for part number and cable routing Informa tion If either of these conditions is not met the hp 3047A may not perform as specified 1 From the jack on the upper left front panel labeled Input from 3585A Tracking Generator connect a cable to the output of the 3585A Tracking Generator 2 From the jack on the front panel labeled OUTPUTS TO 3585A 1 0 connect cable to the 3585A 1 input 3 From the jack on the front panel labeled 55500 connect a cable to the 3585 A 500 in put 4 From the jack on the rear panel of the hp 35601A labeled INPUT FROM 3585 A IF OUTPUT connect a cable to the 3585A IF Output rear panel of 3585A 5 From the jack on the rear panel labeled 1OMHz REF INPUT FROM 3585A 10MHz REF OUTPUT connect a cable to the 3585 10MHz Reference Output 6 To the jack labeled OUTPUT TO 3582A A CHANNEL INPUT connect the cor rect cable from the patch panel below the hp 3582A 7 To the jack labeled OUTPUT TO 3582A B CHANNEL INPUT connect the cor rect cable from the patch panel below the hp 3582A 8 To the jack labeled INPUT FROM 3582A NOISE SOURCE connect the correct cable from the patch panel below the hp 3582A 9 Connect the HP IB cable from the other instruments to the HP IB input on the rear panel of the hp 35601A See the NOTE below and
207. ntroduction 1 1 1 2 Description 1 2 1 3 Specifications 1 2 1 4 Safety Considerations FEDERE 1 2 1 5 Recommended Test Equipment 1 2 Section Page II INSTALLATION 2 1 2 1 Introduction 2 1 2 2 Power Requirements 2 1 2 3 Line Voltage and Frequency 2 1 2 4 Grounding Req irements 2 1 2 5 Installation into System 2 2 2 6 Line Voltage and Fuse Selection 2 2 2 7 HP IB Address Selection 2 3 2 8 Mounting DEAS ea 2 4 2 9 Power Cable Connection 2 5 2 10 Signal Connections 2 6 2 11 Operating and Storage Environment FEN 2 7 2 12 Operating Environment 2 7 2 13 Storage and Shipping 2 8 2 14 Repackaging for Shipment 2 8 2 15 Packaging 2 8 2 16 Other Packaging 2 8 Section Page OPERATION 3 1 3 1 Introduction 3 1 3 2 Front Panel 3 1 3 3 Rear Panel 3 1 Section Page IV REPLACEABLE PARTS 4 1 4 1 Introduction 4 1 4 2 Ord ring Information 4 1 4 3 Parts Not Listed 4 2 4 4 Direct Mail Order System 4 2 Section Pa
208. omponent on the board needs to be replaced the A4 board may be removed by continuing with the following step 6 The A4 board is removable from the front panel assembly by removing the nuts from the front panel connectors To do this use the nut drivers with the protective plastic inserts that are available as accessories 9 16 nut driver and protector 8720 0008 and 8710 0560 5 16 nut driver and protector 8720 0003 and 8710 0559 Make sure to use the nut drivers with protective plastic inserts to remove the nuts from the front panel connectors Failure to do this will probably result in cosmetic damage to the front panel finish 6 62 6888036565004 1 1 930 e a LPO u mea 11 t tft m M ee 119 u DG 52 tai 1 165 9 El e Deo 1 18 zur Sn 947 11 lo p Bog 4 8 2028 M ufo junio 4 M mn l mn mr u 1 C res 224 Sm 2 11119 EN Y 1 11 L20 121 ES 145 76 1 44 25 143 C24 SR Eu agii VE 111 UR t Bk 1 E ida E we cuit d 111 Eee mn 25 58 Otte po 11 ca d Exc S58 34 x 111 52 211 EH u A ex ne 91 it 4441 d ad 5111 25 352013 2 2 S a E48 17 12 22 127 caz 1 i x13 de
209. stallation operating manual and before operating the equipment Frame or chassis terminal A connection to the frame chassis of the equipment which normally includes all exposed metal struc tures Alternating current power line Direct current power line Alternating or direct current power line The WARNING sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to a pro cedure practice condition or the like which if not correctly per formed or adhered to could result in injury or death to personnel The CAUTION sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to an operating procedure practice condition or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in damage to or destruction of part or all of the product The NOTE sign denotes important information It calls attention to procedure practice condition or the like which is essential to highlight Model 35601 General Information SECTION I GENERAL INFORMATION 1 1 INTRODUCTION This Operating and Service Manual contains information for the installation operation testing adjustments and service of the Hewlett Packard Model 35601 A Spectrum Analyzer Interface Figure 1 1 shows the 35601A installed in an hp 3047A Spectrum Analyzer System This manual is part of the system library for the hp 3047A The part numbers for both the printed manual and the manual on microfiche are listed on the title page of this manual Additional
210. t Up For A3R368 Adjustment Example Wave Shapes Correctly Adjusted Tuning Slope 30 Hz V at AJTP324 Sweep 10mS div Ch A 2V div Center Center Screen Ground ChB 5V div Bottom Bottom Screen Ground Incorrectly Adjusted Tuning Stope 30 Hz V at AJTP324 Sweep 10 5 Ch A 2V div Center Center Screen Ground Ch V div Borom Bottom Screen Ground i 18 b H 1 J 83 SICH El 3 ji aE AC he ba egi cit Hi Cu s Ce it Bo sa E 1 ud Vai 5 CONTROL VOLTAGE _ E THASC LOCKED LOOP ACTSWATCO 41 52 AKLI WAVE SELECTED 168401 PATH ANTH TUE CAINS aan NN A A u M CEM ECL AD WAN USER OSEILLATONS me e el A4 RICH FREOUENCY RIEH TRIO PAST NOISC x ss A 22 22 22 21 222 Pas PHASE LOCKED LOOP CONTROL i PHASE 1 n DETECTOR 189015 1 613 p EA OVERLGAD 5 niz 1 6 GHz were 3 5308 oy MIXER tua FILTER USED Fon 2 CARRIER FRED S lt 85 44 t Rune APRS KS PASS a 5 Py POPPE Perit er
211. t procedures System specifications are verified by running the Performance Tests found in the hp 347 Reference Manual It is only necessary to run the hp 35601A test program if a hp 35601A failure is indicated _ by the hp 3047A System check program Once a problem is indicated by the hp 3047A System check program the complete set of hp 35601A test may be run sequentially to isolate the problem to a small functional circuit or the technician may verify a suspected problem by running a selected test A troubleshooting aid of the hp 35601A test program is the hp 35601A control sub program SWITCH SWITCH is used in conjunction with a computer to control the various switches and relays in the hp 35601A Any configuration of signal paths may be created using this ability Six Service Groups comprise the circuit documentation for the hp 35601A Each Service Group consists of the following schematics component locators schematic notes and a theory of operation 6 2 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS The System Interface is a Safety Class I instrument and has been designed according to inter national safety standards To ensure safe operation and to retain the instrument in a safe condition the Operating and Service Manual contains information cautions and warnings which must be adhered to by the user NOTE See the Safety Summary following the Table of Contents of this manual for a discussion of basic safety preca
212. t should be used to supply power to the in strument while it is installed in the hp 3047A regardless of power line voltage and frequen Cy If for some reason the instrument is to be operated out of the system then use the ap propriate power cable from the ones shown in Figure 2 5 With the front panel power switch in the OFF position connect the ac power cable to the rear panel LINE connector Plug the other end of the power cable into the three terminal grounded power strip in the system cabinet To protect operating personnel the hp 35601A chassis and cabinet must be grounded The hp 35601A is equipped with a three wire power cord which when plugged into an appropriate receptacle grounds the instrument The offset pin on the power plug is the ground connection To preserve this protection feature the power plug shall only be inserted in a three terminal receptacle having a protective earth ground contact The protective action must not be negated by the use of an extension cord or adapter that does not have the required earth ground connection Ground ing one conductor of the two conductor outlet is not sufficient protection Installation 2 6 2 10 Signal Connections There are three cables to connect to the front panel of the hp 35601A and six on the rear panel NOTE Use the cables included with the hp 3047A when reinstalling the hp 35601A into the system Also make sure that the positio
213. tector a 14 a Buffer and a 35 or 37 circuit The 35 or 37 circuit determines either the 14MHz or 14 8MHz The Phase Detector uses dual D flip flops U205 that switch current sources The current sources feed current to voltage converter whose output is the control voltage for the 14MHz VCO 6 50 Model 35601 Service _ The 14MHz is an Colpitts oscillator it operates at either 14MHz or 14 8MHz depending on the state of L14 which selects either divide by 35 or 37 The output of the divider is 400kHz which is compared with the 400kHz derived from the 10MHz reference or the 10 VCXO The Mixer Driver divides the 14 or 14 8MHz signal by 10 and then by 4 utilizing U201 and U200 respectively U200 also provides a local oscillator signal for the AM mixer that is 90 degrees out of phase with the LO for the PM mixer 6 44 X5 Amplifiers At the output of the X20 amplifier in channel B and at the output of the 0 16Hz High Pass Filter of channel A is a bypass path and a X5 Amplifier path Either the bypass path or the X5 amplifier may be selected The purpose of the amplification is to provide more gain when measuring phase noise The amplifier path has a frequency response compensation for the roll off of the 350kHz IF of the hp 3585 This compensation corrects the amplitude response when measuring sideband noise The bypass path and the output of the X5 Amplifier join at the input of the Low
214. test appears to be failing The program prints the results of the test nitiallzing the Test With the High Frequency Menu displayed press SFK K7 to initialize the test After in itialization follow the instructions displayed on the computer What if the Test Fails Assuming that the DAC test passed the only probable causes of failure are one of the buf fers the frequency shaping network or the Attenuator As in the DAC test SWITCH can be used to vary the output of the DAC The signal should then be traced along the path shown in Figure 6 7 using a voltmeter or a scope Refer to Service Group Three for schematics component locators and circuit descriptions Equipment Set Up CONTROL VOLTAGE OUTPUT Icusen aem 1 oo AG 10 SWITCHING SUPPERLO 10 vent 4 HIGH FREQUENCY SS EAT RA ee A M J tos 133 W old LOOP 18 LOCKED RIO 8 8804 4 ACCLVATCO WEN RI 6943 HAVE SELECTED 4 THE CORALES JePuT 1 GAVE SCEN ICH AD USCA OSCILLATORS BATE BEEN CORRECTED AXO ADJUSTED FOR WISR FRLO PRASE WIESE PHASE LOCKED LOOP mw ees 2 e
215. th shown in Figure 6 9 If the previous tests have been performed the only circuit that has not been checked is the signal path from the Noise Input to the Summing Junction A signal is input to the Noise Input from an hp 3325A opt 001 and the signal is measured with an hp 3455 voltmeter at the IMQ OUTPUT to 3585A The program gives the user the option of discontinuing the test if the test appears to be fail ing The program then prints the results Initializing the Test With the High Frequency Menu displayed press SFK K9 to initialize the test After in itialization follow the instructions displayed on the computer What if the Test Fails Assuming that the previous tests heve passed the only probable cause of failure is the switch 1 This can easily be checked using SWITCH and a voltmeter Refer to Service Group Three for schematics and component locators Equipment Set Up INPUT FROM 3582 NOISE SOURCE ma RR I a A nam ai A pe ee PHASE LOCKED LOOP IS LOCKED WNEN 610 6 33 ARE me ee ee ee ALTIVATCD UNEN 1 42 ARLS HAVE SELECTED THE CORRECT PATH SHEN THE CAINS a UNEN ost WAVE BEEN CONNECTED AND ADSUSIED FOR 8168 5510 PHASE NOIST MIASURER WNT oF oe lusen vcttl ag 1 ares Leet cea 4 HIGH FREQUENCY PNA gt _ E AS
216. ting information for the front and rear panels of the hp 35601A Since this instrument is only used in the hp 3047A System the actual program ming of the hp 35601 is not discussed in this operating section all of the necessary HP IB control is included in the system software The operator of the hp 35601A need only be concerned with the uses of the front and rear panel controls and jacks 3 2 FRONT PANEL Figure 3 1 contains a diagram of the front panel of the hp 35601A The text included in Figure 3 1 describes the numbered items in the diagram Before applying ac line power to the hp 35601A be sure that the VOLTAGE SELECTOR switches are set for the proper line voltage and the correct line fuse is installed in the rear panel FUSE holder 3 3 REAR PANEL Figure 3 2 contains a diagram of the rear panel of the hp 35601A The text included in Figure 3 2 describes th numbered items in the diagram 3 1 Operation PHATE DUE ME 290 EAROR Q tai ne face nyomi GLO 1 Phase lock loop error meter This meter shows the error of the high frequency phase lock loop during Phase Noise Analysis measurements or the deviation from quadrature in non phase locked measurements The meter also shows the frequency drift of the source under test in AM PM Noise Analysis mode Input from 3585A Tracking Generator This input accepts the Tracking Generator output of the 3585A Ph
217. tor is turned on by U21F If SW1 is set to REMOTE and the board is unaddressed the data lines to the control latches are disabled by U25D This is done to prevent digital noise from leaking to the rest of the instrument because of poor isolation from the control latches The control latches have a different power supply for the same reason 6 73 Service Model 35601 STARTUP RFD 1 DAC 0 Q 59 y 1 lt OO N DAV LADS U33 is positive edge triggered Figure 6 26 Flowchart for A1 Handshake Circuitry 6 74 Model 35601 Service 6 82 TROUBLESHOOTING THE DIGITAL CIRCUITRY OF THE A1 BOARD This troubleshooting procedure should be used when the Digital Signature Analysis Test test 18 from the Automatic Tests and Adjustments completely fails or when the hp 35601A is not responding to HP IB command These symptoms indicate that the handshake is not occurring use the following procedure when this occurs If all of the tests pass the Al Board should be able to handshake with HP IB a Disconnect the HP IB cable and do the following 1 Check that DIO1 through DIO8 ATN and DAV are biased at about 2 4v TTL logical high 2 Ground DIO1 through DIO8 at the inputs of U7 and U14 check for the correct levels at the output of U20 3 Ground ATN and
218. ts at frequencies above a few hundred Hz The out put of the Summing Amplifier also provides a signal for channel B of the hp 3582A for transfer function measurements below a few kHz 6 66 Wein Bridge Oscillator Also connected around the summing amplifier is the Wein Bridge Oscillator U15D The Wein Bridge Oscillator operates at a frequency of approximately 1 6Hz When the phase locked loop is open sufficient gain exists in U19A for the Wein Bridge Oscillator to operate The Wein Bridge Oscillator provides a searching signal for the external oscillator When the phase locked loop closes U19 appears to the Wein Bridge Oscillator to have very low gain therefore the Wein Bridge Oscillator does not operate 6 67 Oscillation Detector If the Wein Bridge Oscillator is operating its output is split into two components each 90 degrees apart from the other These components are converted to provide a four phase signal to diodes CR14 15 16 and 17 This signal is rectified by U18C and used as an indica tion that the loop is unlocked with the Wein Bridge Oscillator searching This signal also sets the Out of Lock Flip Flop U11A 6 68 Lag Lead Network 6 66 The output of Summing Amplifier is fed to a Lag Lead frequency compensation network consisting of R25 C8 and various resistors selected by the CMOS multiplexer U4 The Lag Lead resistor is selected by U4 this is determined by the software The software deter mines this by the character
219. ty Description Code Reference Part Number Designation 0960 0640 MIXER DC 1500 17 28480 0950 0540 1326 0412 IC COMPARATOR PRCN DUAL E DIP P 27014 1M393N 1826 0715 OP LOW NOTSE 8 D1P P PKG 18324 5534 1826 0715 LOW NOISE 8 DIP P 18324 534 1820 1201 TC TIL LS AND QUAD 2 01255 SN7ALSDEN 1858 0047 1858 0047 1826 0035 TRANSISTOR ARRAY 16 PLSTC TRANSISTOR ARRAY 16 PIN PISTE DIP IC OP AMP LOW DRIFT TO 99 PKG 13406 13636 27014 ULN 2005 Ut N 20034 1 M 30 BAH 35601 61622 CABIE SEMI RIGID 28480 35501 61622 35501 00604 35601 01209 SHIELD BNC BRACKET MIXER 1 28480 28480 55501 00604 35601 01209 PHENOM RAR 35601 66515 PHASE LOCK LP CONTROL 28480 55501 65505 ASC1 0150 4571 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 20 5040 CER 23430 0160 4571 ONO gt ASC2 0160 4571 CAPACTTOR FXD 1UF 80 20 SOVDC CER 28480 0160 4571 ASC3 0150 4303 CAPACITOR FXD ABPF 5 100UDC CER 04 30 28430 0160 4803 ASC4 0160 4801 CAPACTTOR FXD 100PF 52 100UDC CER 28480 0160 4801 ASCS 0160 4844 CAPACITOR FXD 1500PF 5 10000 CER 28480 9160 4846 ANCE 0160 3405 5 CA
220. ute parts or per form any unauthorized modification to the instrument Return the instrument to a Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office for service and repair to ensure that safety features are main tained DANGEROUS PROCEDURE WARNINGS Warnings such as the example below precede potentially dangerous procedures throughout this manual Instructions contained in the warnings must be followed WARNING E Dangerous voltages capable of causing death are present in this instrument Use treme caution when handling testing and adjusting SAFETY SYMBOLS General Definitions of Safety Symbols Used On Equipment or In Manuals NOTE Instruction manual symbol the product will be marked with this symbol when it is necessary for the user to refer to the instruction manual in order to protect against damage to the instrument Indicates dangerous voltage terminals fed from the interior by voltage exceeding 1000 volts must be so marked Protective conductor terminal For protection against electrical shock in case of a fault Used with field wiring terminals to in dicate the terminal which must be connected to ground before operating equipment Low noise or noiseless clean ground earth terminal Used for a signal common as well as providing protection against electrical shock in case of a fault A terminal marked with this symbol must be connected to ground in the manner described in the in
221. utions and safety symbology The 35601 front panel contains A symbol which is an international symbol meaning to the Operating and Service Manual The symbol flags important operating in structions located in Section III required to prevent damage to the instrument To ensure the safety of the operating and maintenance personnel and to retain the operating condition of the instrument these instructions must be adhered to Service Model 35601A Before applying power to the hp 35601A or removing any covers review the following warnings and cautions Read the WARNING at the beginning of this section and the WARNINGS in Section II Installation before servicing this in strument Line voltage is present within this instrument To prevent electric shock use care when working in the vicinity of the power supply p o Al board and when working near the front panel power switch Before applying ac line power to the hp 35601A be sure that the VOLTAGE SELECTOR switches are set for the proper line voltage and the correct fuse is installed in the rear panel FUSE holder The hp 35601A contains semiconductors that may be damaged if subjected to static electrical discharge 35601 6 3 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT The equipment recommended for the testing and calibration of hp 35601A is shown Table 6 1 Table 6 1 Recommended Test Equipment
222. z The mix ers output is amplified and filtered to control a 1OMHz VCXO voltage controlled crystal oscillator The loop is completed by dividing the 10MHz VCXO to 350kHz An integrator can be switched into the loop forcing the mixer output to a nominal zero volts DC The signal from the mixer represents the phase fluctuations of the IF signal The signal can then be spectrum analyzed with the hp 3582A The 350kHz driving the mixer is also 90 degrees phase shifted and used to drive a second mixer The output of the second mixer represents the amplitude fluctuations on the IF signal these fluctuations are analyzed on channel A of the hp 3582A 6 36 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE A3 BOARD 6 37 Input Section There are two channels in the input section of the A3 Board One is an amplified channel with a gain of 2 5 The other channel is a bandpass filter section which consists of four 350kHz bandpass filter stages The bandpass filter provides image rejection and amplitude compensation for the roll off of the hp 3585A IF signal The amplitude compensation is accomplished by peaking each 350kHz section at about 5kHz from their centers At the front of each channel is discrete diode switching 6 38 Mixer Section There are two ring diode mixers one for AM the other PM The switching signal for the AM mixer is 90 degrees out of phase with the switching signal for the PM mixer The outputs of the mixers are fed into separate 50kHz lowpass filt

Ops-Service - HP Archive

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents